Sunteți pe pagina 1din 136

   

 
School  of  Business  
Master’s  Thesis  
Accounting  
 
 
 
 
 
Elina  Hämäläinen  
 
Accounting   treatment   for   intangible   assets   acquired   in   a   business  
combination  under  IFRS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supervisor/Examiner:  Satu  Pätäri  
Second  Examiner:  Pasi  Syrjä  
ABSTRACT  
 
Author:       Elina  Hämäläinen  
Title:   Accounting   treatment   for   intangible   assets   acquired   in   a  
business  combination  under  IFRS  
Faculty:     LUT,  School  of  Business  and  Management  
Major:     Accounting  
Year:         2015  
Master’s  Thesis:   Lappeenranta  University  of  Technology  
      127  pages,  4  figures  and  25  tables  
Examiners:     Professor  Satu  Pätäri  
      Professor  Pasi  Syrjä  
Keywords:   Intangible   assets,   business   combinations,   IFRS,   goodwill,  
accounting,  media  companies  
 
The   role   of   intangible   assets   and   the   amount   of   business   combinations   have  
increased  significantly  during  the  last  decades  which  has  caused  the  need  to  reform  
and  harmonise  the  accounting  treatment  for  acquired  intangible  assets.  The  aim  of  
this  study  is  to  find  out  how  the  new  accounting  standard  for  business  combinations,  
IFRS  3,  has  affected  the  accounting  treatment  for  identifiable  intangible  assets  and  
goodwill   in   the   examined   media   companies   between   2005   and   2014.   The   most  
significant  reforms  introduced  by  IFRS  3  have  been  goodwill  impairment  test  and  
the  fair  value  accounting  for  acquired  intangibles.  This  study  is  conducted  by  using  
a   descriptive   analysis   and   the   empirical   data   consists   of   financial   statement  
information   of   listed   Finnish   and   international   media   companies.   The   main  
objectives  of  IFRS  3  have  been  to  reduce  the  amount  of  acquisition  cost  allocated  
to  goodwill  and  allow  companies  to  recognise  new  intangible  assets  separately  from  
goodwill.   The   results   of   this   study   show   that   the   amount   of   the   acquisition   cost  
allocated  to  goodwill  has  decreased  during  the  examined  period  and  due  to  the  fair  
value   accounting,   business   acquisitions   have   made   new   intangible   assets   visible  
that   otherwise   would   have   not   met   the   recognition   criteria   under   IAS   38.   The  
application   of   IFRS   has   revealed   a   big   amount   of   invisible   assets   in   the   balance  
sheets  but  at  the  same  time  this  has  reduced  the  comparability  between  companies.  
TIIVISTELMÄ  
 
Tekijä:       Elina  Hämäläinen  
Tutkielman  nimi:   Yritysten   yhteenliittymistä   nousevien   aineettomien  
hyödykkeiden   tilinpäätöskäsittely   IFRS   –standardien  
mukaisesti  
Tiedekunta:     LUT,  Kauppakorkeakoulu  
Pääaine:     Laskentatoimi  
Vuosi:     2015  
Pro  gradu  –tutkielma:   Lappeenrannan  teknillinen  yliopisto  
        127  sivua,  4  kuvaa  ja  25  taulukkoa  
Tarkastajat:     Professori  Satu  Pätäri  
    Professori  Pasi  Syrjä  
Hakusanat:   Aineettomat  hyödykkeet,  yritysten  yhteenliittymät,  IFRS,  
liikearvo,  kirjanpito,  mediayhtiöt  
     
Aineettomien   hyödykkeiden   merkitys   yritysostoissa   on   kasvanut   merkittävästi  
samalla,   kun   pitkään   jatkunut   keskustelu   tilinpäätösten   luotettavuuden  
heikkenemisestä  on  nostanut  esille  sen,  että  yritysten  tilinpäätökset  eivät  riittävissä  
määrin  heijasta  aineettomien  hyödykkeiden  arvoa.  Tämän  tutkielman  tavoitteena  on  
selvittää,  kuinka  tarkasteltavat  mediayhtiöt  ovat  soveltaneet  yritysostoihin  liittyvää  
tilinpäätösstandardia   (IFRS   3),   jonka   päätavoitteena   on   ollut   erityisesti  
liikearvon   käsitteen   selkeyttäminen   sekä   liikearvolle   allokoitavan   hankintahinnan  
määrän  vähentäminen  tunnistamalla  aineettomia  hyödykkeitä  erillään  liikearvosta.  
Samalla   standardin   tarkoituksena   on   ollut   tuoda   uusia   aineettomia   hyödykkeitä  
näkyväksi   yritysostojen   yhteydessä.   Käyvän   arvon   soveltaminen   yritysostoissa  
nouseville   aineettomille   hyödykkeille   on   ollut   merkittävä   uudistus,   ja   tuonut  
tavoitteiden   mukaisesti   näkyväksi   uusia   aineettomia   hyödykkeitä,   jotka   muutoin  
olisivat  olleet  aktivointikelvottomia  IAS  38:n  mukaisesti.  Tämän  tutkielman  tulokset  
osoittavat,   että   liikearvolle   allokoitavan   hankintahinnan   määrä   on   vähentynyt  
tarkasteltavissa   yrityksissä,   mutta   samalla   ne   nostavat   esille   sen,   että   yritysten  
taseet   sisältävät   näkymätöntä   aineetonta   omaisuutta,   jotka   eivät   täytä   IAS   38:n  
aktivointiedellytyksiä,  ja  näin  ollen  tämä  heikentää  vertailtavuutta  yritysten  välillä.  
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS  
 
The   first   thing   that   came   into   my   mind   when   I   started   to   write   these  
acknowledgements   was:   Am   I   really   done?   I   moved   to   Lappeenranta   about   five  
years  ago  and  at  that  time  I  did  not  know  what  to  expect.  These  past  five  years  have  
been   amazing   and   I   have   met   so   many   new   and   wonderful   people   and   got  
unforgettable  memories.  During  these  years  in  Lappeenranta,  I  have  also  found  my  
own  fields  of  interests.  Writing  this  thesis  has  been  a  long  process  including  both  
ups  and  down  but  now  it  has  finally  come  to  an  end.                                                              

First,   I   want   to   say   thank   you   to   my   parents,   who   have   been   the   most   important  
support  for  me  during  my  whole  life  and  helped  me  both  financially  and  mentally  and  
encouraged  me  to  do  what  I  want.  I  also  want  to  say  thank  you  to  my  lovely  friends,  
Rosa  and  Laura,  because  I  would  not  be  in  this  point  without  your  support  and  our  
prolonged  lunch  conversations.                                                                                                                                            

I  would  like  to  thank  my  examiners,  Satu  and  Pasi,  for  the  comments  and  guidance  
and  help  to  improve  the  content  of  this  study.  Last,  I  want  to  say  a  special  thank  you  
to   Juha   Nuutinen   at   Alma   Media   for   all   the   comments,   new   development   ideas,  
expertise  and  the  possibility  to  co-­operate  with  you.                                                                      

I   also   want   to   thank   everyone   who   has   stood   by   me   during   this   process   and  
supported  me.  I  would  not  be  here  without  all  this  support.  However,  now  it  is  time  
to  say  goodbye  to  Lappeenranta,  leave  a  student  life  behind  and  move  on.  

Elina  Hämäläinen  

Helsinki,  17.10.2015  

 
 
Table  of  Contents  

1   Introduction  ....................................................................................................  1  
1.1   Background  and  motivation  ......................................................................  1  
1.2   Literature  review  .......................................................................................  2  
1.3   Research  questions,  objectives  and  delimitations  ....................................  6  
1.4   Research  methodology  and  data  ..............................................................  8  
1.5   Structure  of  the  study  ................................................................................  9  

2   Accounting  for  intangible  assets  ................................................................  10  


2.1   Background  .............................................................................................  10  
2.2   The  value  relevance  of  financial  statements  and  intangible  assets  ........  11  
2.3   International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  ...........................................  16  
2.3.1   Intangible  assets  .................................................................................  17  
2.3.2   Recognition  criteria  of  intangible  assets  ..............................................  20  
2.3.3   Initial  recognition,  measurement  subsequent  to  acquisition  and  
amortisation  ....................................................................................................  25  
2.3.4   Accounting  for  business  combinations  ................................................  26  
2.4   Accounting  for  intangible  assets  acquired  in  a  business  combination  
under  IFRS  3  .....................................................................................................  29  
2.4.1   Accounting  treatment  for  goodwill  under  IFRS  3  .................................  30  
2.4.2   Fair  value  accounting  of  acquired  intangible  assets  ............................  35  
2.4.3   Disclosures  related  to  intangible  assets  and  goodwill  .........................  39  
2.5   Theoretical  evidence  for  using  IFRS  accounting  for  business  
combinations  ......................................................................................................  41  
2.5.1   Accounting  conservatism  ....................................................................  42  
2.5.2   The  effects  of  the  adoption  of  IFRS  on  the  value-­relevance  of  intangible  
assets  43  
2.5.3   The  value  relevance  of  goodwill  impairments  and  fair  values  .............  47  

3   Accounting  treatment  for  acquired  intangible  assets  in  the  media  


companies  ............................................................................................................  52  
3.1   Research  data  and  description  of  research  process  ...............................  52  
3.2   Alma  Media  .............................................................................................  55  
3.3   Sanoma  ...................................................................................................  63  
3.4   Schibsted  Media  Group  ..........................................................................  72  
3.5   Modern  Times  Group  ..............................................................................  78  
3.6   Axel  Springer  Group  ...............................................................................  85  
3.7   The  main  findings  and  discussion  ...........................................................  92  

4   Summary  and  conclusions  .......................................................................  100  


4.1   Answers  to  the  research  questions  .......................................................  100  
4.2   Contribution  of  the  study  .......................................................................  103  
4.3   Further  research  and  limitations  ...........................................................  107  

References  .........................................................................................................  109  


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIST  OF  FIGURES  
 
Figure  1.     Intangible  and  tangible  business  investments  in  2009    
Figure  2.     Intangible  asset  recognition  criteria  under  IAS  38  
Figure  3.     Alma  Media’s  goodwill  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  amounts  
(million  EUR)  in  the  balance  sheet  between  2005  and  2014  
Figure  4.     Axel  Springer’s  shares  of  the  acquisition  costs  allocated  to  goodwill  
between  2006  and  2014  
 
LIST  OF  TABLES  
 
Table  1.     History  of  IFRS  3  
Table  2.     The  basic  information  about  the  examined  companies  in  2014  
Table  3.     Alma  Media’s  balance  sheet  information    
Table  4.     Alma  Media’s  income  statement  information  
Table  5.     Impact  of  business  acquisitions  on  Alma  Media’s  assets  and  
liabilities  
Table  6.     Carrying  amounts  and  fair  values  of  acquired  assets  
Table  7.     Sanoma’s  balance  sheet  information  
Table  8.     Sanoma’s  income  statement  information  
Table  9.     Impact  of  business  acquisitions  on  Sanoma’s  assets  and  liabilities  
Table  10.     Carrying  amounts  and  fair  values  of  Nowa  Era  
Table  11.     Carrying  amounts  and  fair  values  of  Independent  Media  
Table  12.     Schibsted’s  balance  sheet  information  
Table  13.     Schibsted’s  income  statement  information  
Table  14.     Impact  of  business  acquisitions  on  Schibsted’s  assets  and  liabilities  
Table  15.     Specification  of  acquired  intangible  assets  
Table  16.     Modern  Times  Group’s  balance  sheet  information  
Table  17.     Modern  Times  Group’s  income  statement  information  
Table  18.     Impact  of  business  acquisitions  on  Modern  Times  Group’s  assets  
and  liabilities  
Table  19.     Carrying  amounts  and  fair  values  of  acquired  assets  
Table  20.     Axel  Springer’s  balance  sheet  information  
Table  21.     Axel  Springer’s  income  statement  information  
Table  22.     Impact  of  business  acquisitions  on  Axel  Springer’s  assets  and  
liabilities  
Table  23.     Carrying  amounts  and  fair  values  of  acquired  assets  
Table  24.     Summary  of  the  examined  companies’  balance  sheet  information  in  
2005-­2014  
Table  25.     Summary  of  the  impact  of  business  combinations  on  the  examined  
companies’  assets  and  liabilities  in  2005-­2014,  averages  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS  
 
 
FASB     Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  
 
GAAP     Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles  
 
IAS     International  Accounting  Standards  
 
IASB     International  Accounting  Standards  Board  
 
IFRIC     FRS  Interpretation  Committee  
 
IFRS     International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  
 
SFAS     Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  
 
US  GAAP   United  States  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1  

1   Introduction  
 

1.1   Background  and  motivation  


 
An   underlying   trend   in   the   nature   of   economic   activity   has   been   one   of   the   most  
significant  reasons  for  the  growing  importance  of  intangibles.  Resources  spent  on  
intangible  assets  have  conventionally  been  expensed  and  treated  as  costs  and  not  
as   investments.   This   traditional   accounting   treatment   for   intangibles   has   reduced  
the   value   relevance   of   financial   statements   as   the   importance   of   intangibles   has  
been  continuously  increasing  and  advocates  of  greater  intangible  asset  reporting  
often  argue  that  financial  statements  do  not  reflect  the  value  of  intangible  assets.  
Over  the  last  decades  there  have  been  needs  for  accounting  reforms  and  a  general  
view   is   that   the   traditional   historical   cost   approach   is   no   longer   useful   as   the  
economy  has  shifted  from  industrial-­based  to  knowledge-­based  where  intangibles  
play  an  important  role.  (Cañibano  et  al.  2000;;  Hoegh-­Krohn  &  Knivsflå  2000)  
 
A  study  made  by  OECD  (2012)  reveals  that  investments  in  intangible  capital  have  
grown  and  in  many  cases,  they  are  even  more  important  than  tangible  investments.  
The   figure   1.   below   shows   that   in   many   countries   intangible   investments   are   as  
important   as   tangible   and   in   the   USA   and   UK   the   total   business   investments   in  
intangible   capital   have   been   even   bigger   than   investments   in   tangible   capital   in  
2009.  As  the  importance  of  intangibles  has  grown  there  has  also  been  an  increased  
focus   on   mergers   and   acquisitions   that   has   caused   the   need   for   creating   the  
accounting   for   intangible   assets   acquired   in   a   business   combination.   These  
transactions   can   have   significant   benefits,   e.g.   increased   stakeholder   value   and  
market   share   and   cost   reductions,   for   the   acquiring   company   but   the   related  
accounting  is  complex.    
  2  

Business  Investments  in   Intangible  and  Tangible  Capital,  


2009   (%  GDP)
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0

Intangible Tangible
 
Figure  1.  Intangible  and  tangible  business  investments  in  2009  (OECD  2012)  
 
There   are   several   reasons   for   the   complexity   related   to   intangibles   like   that   the  
nature   of   intangible   assets,   which   is   less   detectable   because   they   are   without  
physical  substance.  In  addition,  all  the  intangibles  are  not  usually  recognised  in  the  
acquiree’s   pre-­combination   financial   statements   and   fair   value   determination   of  
intangible  assets  often  requires  estimation  techniques  because  of  the  lack  of  quoted  
market  prices.  This  topic  is  very  relevant  especially  in  the  media  sector  due  to  the  
digitalisation   process   and   the   changes   in   the   customer   preferences   as   they   are  
switching  to  digital  channels  and  mobile  services.  Because  of  this,  media  companies  
have  been  searching  for  growth  though  business  acquisitions  to  keep  up  with  the  
speed  of  digitalisation  and  new  technology.  
 

1.2   Literature  review  


 
There are numerous studies and surveys examining intangible assets’ impacts on
the companies’ success and productivity (Kyläheiko et al. 2004; Lönnqvist 2007;
Saarnivaara 2007) and many academic studies, e.g. Chen et al. (2005), Huang and
Wang (2008) and Shakina and Molodchik (2014) agree that intangibles are the most
  3  

important strategic resources. The specific nature of intangible resources allows to


create a sustainable competitive advantage but, on the other hand, it also
complicates their practical usage as well as their theoretical investigation and
accounting treatment.

The  importance  of  intangible  assets  has  continuously  been  growing  and  researches  
have   been   attempting   to   show   that   intangible   investments   do   contribute   a  
company’s  future  performance.  Therefore,  they  should  be  considered  as  assets  but  
researchers  have  still  not  found  a  consistent  solution  for  for  the  accounting  treatment  
for  intangible  assets.  (e.g.  Cañibano  et  al.  2000,  Choi  et  al.  2000,  Egginton  1990,  
Hoegh-­Krohn  &  Knivsflå  2000,  Skinner  2008;;  Zéghal  &  Maaloul  2011)  Accounting  
for  intangible  assets,  goodwill  and  other  identifiable  intangible  assets,  has  been  one  
of   the   most   complex   issues   in   the   harmonisation   of   accounting   standards   and  
different  opinions  are  regarding  whether  some  or  all  the  intangible  assets  should  be  
capitalised  or  not  and  if  so,  whether  they  should  be  amortised  or  subjected  to  annual  
impairment  test.  (Sahut  et  al.  2011;;  Dahmash  et  al.  2009;;  Hoegh-­Krohn  &  Knivsflå  
2000)  
 
Advocates  of  greater  intangible  asset  reporting  frequently  criticise  that  the  published  
financial  statements  of  companies  do  not  reflect  the  value  of  intangible  assets  and  
thus  provide  misleading  information  to  the  users  of  the  financial  statements  (Lev  &  
Zarowin   1999;;   Aboody   &   Lev   1998;;   Godfrey   &   Koh,   2001).   Older   studies   by  
Rubinstein   (1973)   and   Epstein   and   Turnbull   (1980)   have   already   noticed   in   their  
studies  that  the  value  of  an  asset  is  inversely  related  to  the  uncertainty  of  expected  
future  benefits  from  an  asset  and  this  relationship  is  totally  ignored  in  many  balance  
sheet  and  income  statement  measures.  When  it  comes  to  intangible  assets,  this  is  
relevant  because  of  the  great  uncertainty  associated  with  the  amount  and  timing  of  
future  economic  benefits  of  intangibles.  
 
The   value-­relevance   and   reliability   of   financial   statements   and   intangible   assets  
have  been  an  extensively  discussed  topic  among  academic  researchers  during  the  
last  three  decades.  A  growing  number  of  older  empirical  studies  have  documented  
  4  

that  the  value-­relevance  of  financial  statements  has  been  decreasing  over  the  past  
decades   as   accounting   numbers,   especially   reported   earnings,   are   less   able   to  
explain  variations  in  stock  prices  than  before.  (e.g.  Hayn,  1995;;  Lev  &  Zarowin  1999;;  
Beaver  et  al.  1987;;  Easton  &  Harris,  1990)  However,  despite  the  fact  that  earnings  
have  become  less  value-­relevant  there  is  also  clear  evidence  that  book  values  and  
balance   sheet   have   become   more   value-­relevant   as   the   focus   is   moving   from  
income   statement   towards   balance   sheet   (Francis   &   Schipper   1999,   Lev   and  
Zarowin  1999,  Collins  et  al.  1997).  
 
Much  of  the  academic  research  has  focused  on  the  topics  related  to  accounting  for  
goodwill,   which   is   also   the   largest   intangible   asset   for   many   firms   (Wiese   2005;;  
Seetharaman  et  al.  2004;;  Henning  et  al.  2000;;  Johnson  &  Petrone  1998;;  Jennings  
et  al.  1996;;  Colley  &  Volkan  1988;;  Wines  et  al.  2007).  For  example,  Jennings  et  al.  
(1996)  has  empirically  investigated  the  relationship  between  market  equity  values  
and   purchased   goodwill.   Their   results   show   that   the   market   values   purchased  
goodwill   as   an   asset.   Older   studies   by   Amir   et   al.   (1993),   Chauvin   and   Hirschey  
(1994)   and   McCarthy   and   Schneider   (1995)   reported   a   significant   positive  
relationship   between   goodwill   and   the   market   value   of   a   firm.   Researchers   also  
disagree  about  whether  goodwill  is  an  asset  or  not  (Johnson  &  Petrone  1998)  and  
several  attempts  have  been  made  to  define  goodwill  but  it  still  seems  to  be  unclear  
(Giuliani   &   Brännström   2011;;   Bloom   2009;;   Colley   &   Volkan   1988;;   Henning   et   al.  
2000).  
 
The   academic   researchers   have   also   been   keen   on   to   investigate   differences  
between  IFRS  and  US  GAAP  (Adams  et  al.  1999;;  Bhimani  2008;;  Harris  &  Muller  
1999)   The   accounting   treatment   for   business   combinations   is   quite   similar   both  
under   IFRS   and   US   GAAP.   The   adoption   of   International   Financial   Reporting  
Standards   (IFRS)   has   had   major   impacts   on   the   recognition   and   measurement  
practices   for   goodwill   and   other   identifiable   intangible   assets.   IFRS   3   Business  
Combinations   have   changed   the   accounting   for   goodwill   as   impairment   tests   are  
carried   out   instead   of   systematic   amortisation   and   fair-­value   based   accounting  
numbers   have   been   replacing   traditional   historical   cost   approach   book  values.   In  
addition  to  IFRS  3,  IAS  38  which  outlines  the  accounting  requirements  for  intangible  
  5  

assets   and   IAS   36   which   ensures   that   assets   are   not   carried   at   more   than   their  
recoverable  amounts.  IAS  36  also  regulates  the  impairment  of  assets.  (Hamberg  et  
al.  263;;  European  Commission  2011;;  2010)  
 
IFRS  3  has  originally  issued  in  2004  by  the  International  Accounting  Standard  Board  
(later  on  the  IASB).  The  standard  outlines  the  accounting  when  an  acquirer  obtains  
a  control  of  a  business.  Recognition  and  fair  value  measurement  of  all  the  acquiree’s  
identifiable   intangible   assets   and   liabilities   at   the   acquisition   date   are   among   the  
most  relevant  elements  of  the  acquisition  method  under  IFRS  3.  The  development  
started   in   the   U.S.   when   the   Financial   Accounting   Standard   Board,   later   on   the  
FASB,  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS)  141  (Business  
Combinations)  and  142  (Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets)  in  2001.  The  IASB  
also  wanted  to  harmonise  accounting  standards  in  Europe,  and  since  2005  IFRS  
has   been   the   official   accounting   principles   for   all   the   listed   companies   in   the  
European  Union.  (Busacca  and  Maccarrone  2007,  307;;  Hamberg  et  al.  263-­264)  
 
Many   studies   examining   goodwill   amortisations   under   US   GAAP   and   other   local  
accounting  standards  in  Europe  and  Australia  have  found  that  they  are  not  value  
relevant   and   they   do   not   convey   private   information   about   future   cash   flows   like  
impairment  test  does  (e.g.  Egginton  1990;;  Jennings  et  al.  2001,  Churyk  &  Chewning  
2003;;   Chen   et   al.   2004;;   Chalmers   et   al.   2011;;   Chalmers   et   al.   2012).   The  
introductions   of   IFRS   and   goodwill   impairment   regime   have   also   been   widely  
examined   topic   in   recent   studies   (e.g.   Oliveira   et   al.   2010;;   Daske   et   al.   2008;;  
Chalmers  et  al.  2012;;  Carlin  &  Finch  2010;;  Comiskey  &  Mulford  2010;;  Wines  et  al.  
2007;;  Gjerde  et  al.  2008).  Many  studies  (e.g.  Oliveira  et  al.  2010;;  Daske  et  al.  2008;;  
Chalmers  et  al.  2012)  find  that  markets  have  reacted  positively  to  the  transition  of  
IFRS.  One  of  the  biggest  changes  of  IFRS  adoption  is  the  annual  impairment  test  
for   goodwill   introduced   by   IFRS   3   issued   in   2004.   For   example,   Chalmers   et   al.  
(2012)   find   that   the   accounting   information   under   IFRS   provides   more   useful  
information  especially  about  reported  goodwill  in  Australia  because  IFRS  3  requires  
an  impairment  test  for  goodwill.  
 
  6  

1.3   Research  questions,  objectives  and  delimitations  


 
The  global  interest  in  mergers  and  acquisitions  has  been  growing  due  to  the  several  
significant   benefits,   e.g.   increased   market   shares   and   cost   reductions,   related   to  
them.   The   same   trend   can   be   seen   in   the   media   sector   while   companies   have  
actively   been   involved   in   business   acquisitions   as   traditional   print   and   broadcast  
media   companies   have   been   struggling   to   compete   with   new   online   and   mobile  
media  companies.  Due  to  the  recent  digital  transformation,  which  has  already  been  
going   on   several   years,   traditional   media   companies   has   been   trying   to   remain  
competitive  and  keep  up  with  the  latest  technology  by  acquiring  other  companies.  
In   this   study,   intangible   assets   are   the   key   interest   because   in   the   media   sector,  
they  form  a  major  part  of  the  assets  in  the  balance  sheet  due  to  the  nature  of  the  
industry.    
 
As  mentioned  above,  the  topic  of  this  study  is  very  actual  and  relevant  and  this  is  
why   the   objective   of   this   study   is   to   investigate   how   IFRS   3   has   affected   on   the  
accounting  treatment  for  acquired  intangible  assets.  The  aim  is  to  find  out  how  the  
examined   companies   have   applied   IFRS   3   in   terms   of   acquired   identifiable  
intangible  assets  and  goodwill  comparing  to  the  requirements  set  by  IFRS  3  and  
other  examined  companies.  
 
The  main  research  question  of  this  study  is:    
 
•   How   the   adoption   of   IFRS   3   has   affected   the   accounting   treatment   for  
identifiable   intangible   assets   and   goodwill   acquired   in   a   business  
combination  in  the  examined  companies  in  2005-­2014?    
 
The  main  research  question  examines  how  the  examined  companies  have  applied  
IFRS  3  and  how  it  has  affected  the  accounting  treatment  for  acquired  identifiable  
intangible  assets  and  goodwill.  This  study  investigates,  whether  there  can  be  found  
significant  changes  in  the  business  combination  accounting  after  2005  when  IFRS  
3   was   introduced.   In   addition,   this   study   examines,   whether   it   can   be   found  
differences   in   applying   IFRS   3   between   the   examined   companies   during   the  
  7  

examined  time  period.  The  subjects  of  this  study  are  Finnish  and  international  media  
companies  which  includes  both  small  and  big  companies.  
 
Sub  questions  related  to  the  main  research  question  are:    
1.   How  has  the  value-­relevance  of  financial  statements  and  intangible  assets  
changed  along  with  the  introduction  of  IFRS  3?  
2.   What   are   the   requirements   set   by   IFRS   3   to   the   accounting   treatment   for  
goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets?  
3.   What  are  the  advantages  and  challenges  of  IFRS  3  related  to  the  accounting  
treatment  for  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets?  
 
The  first  sub  question  concentrates  on  the  value  relevance  of  financial  statements  
and  intangible  assets  and  whether  the  adoption  of  IFRS  3  has  impacted  positively  
on   the   value   relevance   of   financial   statements   and   intangible   assets.   The   value  
relevance   of   goodwill   impairments   is   also   investigated   as   impairment   test   for  
goodwill   introduced   by   IFRS   3   is   one   of   the   most   significant   reforms   of   IFRS  
accounting.   The   second   sub   question   examines   the   requirements   set   by   IFRS  
related   to   the   accounting   treatment   for   business   combinations   and   goodwill   and  
other  intangible  assets  arising  on  the  acquisitions.  The  third  sub  question  examines  
both  advantages  and  challenges  of  IFRS  3  related  to  the  accounting  treatment  for  
goodwill  and  other  identifiable  intangibles.  
 
The  topic  of  this  study  is  examined  from  the  perspective  of  accounting  professional  
and   IFRS   3   standard   is   examined   only   insofar   as   it   relates   to   the   accounting  
treatment  for  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets.  In  the  empirical  part,  the  topic  
covers   only   media   sector   as   media   companies   in   Finland   and   worldwide   have  
actively  been  involved  in  business  combinations  and  intangible  assets  play  a  major  
role  in  the  media  sector  and  cover  a  significant  share  of  assets  acquired  in  business  
combinations  made  in  the  media  sector.  The  examined  companies  are  examined  at  
group   level   as   the   key   interest   is   IFRS   accounting   so   the   data   consists   of  
consolidated   financial   statements,   which   are   prepared   in   accordance   with   IFRS.  
Therefore,  the  relevant  IFRS  standards  form  a  theoretical  framework  of  this  study.  
  8  

Financial   statements   of   parent   companies   are   prepared   according   to   local  


accounting  standards  so  they  are  not  included  in  the  observation.  
 

1.4   Research  methodology  and  data  


 
The   literature   in   the   theory   chapters   consists   of   topics   related   to   International  
Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS)  and  International  Accounting  Standards  (IAS)  
and  academic  studies  and  journals  and  other  relevant  literature  related  to  the  topic.  
The   aim   of   the   theory   chapter   is   to   give   a   deep   understanding   of   the   nature   of  
intangible  assets,  accounting  treatment  related  to  intangible  assets  and  business  
combinations   and   the   historical   development   of   intangible   asset   accounting.   It   is  
also  examined  how  other  studies  have  investigated  these  topics.  
 
This  study  is  conducted  by  using  a  qualitative  research  methodology.  The  idea  of  
using  qualitative  research  methodology  is  to  get  an  in-­depth  understanding  about  
the  research  subject.  In  the  empirical  part,  the  gathered  quantitative  and  qualitative  
data  is  examined  in  a  descriptive  level.  The  research  data  consists  of  annual  reports  
and  consolidated  financial  statements  and  this  study  tries  to  answer  the  research  
questions  by  analysing  the  collected  data.  
 
This  study  uses  financial  statements  data  from  the  time  period  of  2005-­2014.  The  
data   about   business   combinations   and   intangible   assets   is   collected   from   the  
consolidated  annual  reports.  The  examined  time  period  was  chosen  based  on  that  
IFRS  3  was  applied  first  time  in  2005,  and  to  get  the  best  result  to  make  conclusions  
as  many  fiscal  years  as  possible  is  included  in  the  investigation.  Five  companies  
have   been   chosen   of   which   two   are   Finnish   listed   companies   and   others   are  
international.  The  financial  statements  of  all  the  examined  companies  from  2005-­
2014   are   included   in   this   observation.   All   the   selected   companies   are   listed  
companies  and  due  to  this  they  all  apply  IFRS  and  the  reporting  practices  are  similar  
and  comparable.  
 
  9  

1.5   Structure  of  the  study  


 
This  study  consists  of  four  main  chapters.  The  first  chapter  is  the  introduction  which  
includes   the   background   and   motivation,   literature   review,   research   questions,  
objectives  and  delimitations,  research  methodology  as  well  as  structure  of  the  study.  
The  second  chapter  is  the  theory  part.  First,  it  takes  a  look  at  the  value  relevance  of  
financial  statements  in  general  and  then  the  value  relevance  of  intangible  assets.  
Second,   IFRS   are   examined   and   how   the   accounting   for   intangible   assets   and  
business   combinations   are   treated   under   these   standards.   Last,   theoretical  
evidence   is   presented   in   favor   of   using   IFRS   accounting   for   acquired   intangible  
assets.  The  third  chapter  is  the  empirical  part  and  analyses  Finnish  and  international  
media   companies   on   how   the   IFRS   has   affected   the   accounting   treatment   for  
acquired  intangible  assets  between  2005  and  2014.  The  last  main  chapter  includes  
the  summary  and  conclusions.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  10  

2   Accounting  for  intangible  assets  

2.1   Background  
 
Accounting   for   goodwill   and   other   intangible   assets   has   been   one   of   the   biggest  
problems  of  financial  reporting  and  extensively  discussed  topic  among  researchers  
(e.g.  Canibano  et  al.  2000,  Choi  et  al.  2000,  Egginton  1990,  Hoegh-­Krohn  &  Knivsflå  
2000,  Skinner  2008;;  Zéghal  &  Maaloul  2011).  This  problem  is  very  relevant  because  
of   the   changes   in   the   financial   environment   that   has   caused   the   continuously  
growing   importance   of   intangible   assets.   Fast   changing   technology   and  
communication  media  require  more  complex  resources  and  tangible  assets  alone  
do  not  guarantee  the  success  and  expenses  related  to  intangible  assets  often  create  
future  economic  benefits.  Traditionally,  resources  spent  on  intangible  assets  have  
been  treated  as  costs  and  expensed  in  the  balance  sheet  instead  of  seeing  them  as  
valuable  investments  and  capitalising  in  the  balance  sheet.  International  mergers  
and  acquisitions  and  rapidly  developed  financial  markets  are  one  of  the  key  reasons  
why  intangible  asset  regulation  is  extremely  important  (Ji  &  Lu  2014,  188).  
 
According  to  Lev  (2008,  210)  there  are  two  things  that  have  to  be  done:  capitalise  
intangible  investments  and  improve  the  standardised  disclosures  about  intangibles.  
There   are   three   primary   issues   relating   to   accounting   treatment   for   intangible  
assets.   First,   should   intangible   assets   be   recognised   (capitalised   rather   than  
expensed)   in   the   balance   sheet   and   if   they   should,   should   internally   generated  
intangibles  be  treated  differently  from  purchased  intangible  assets.  Second,  should  
all  the  capitalised  intangible  assets  be  systematically  amortised  including  those  with  
indefinite  lives  or  should  they  rather  be  subjected  to  impairment  test  and  on  what  
basis.  Third,  should  companies  be  allowed  to  revalue  (upwards)  intangible  assets  
to  better  reflect  their  fair  values  and  under  what  circumstances.  (Sahut  et  al.  2011,  
270)  

 
  11  

Lev  (2001,  16)  states  that  there  are  two  forces  that  have  caused  the  shift  towards  
intangibles:   an   increase   in   global   competition   and   changes   in   information  
technology.   Accounting   academics   have   advocated   recognising   intangibles   in  
financial   statements   and   provided   much   evidence   in   their   studies   to   show   that  
intangibles  are  value  relevant  and  they  should  be  recognised  in  the  balance  sheet  
(e.g.  Aboody  &  Lev  1998;;  Francis  &  Schipper,  1999;;  Lev  and  Zarowin,  1999;;  Hoegh-­
Krohn  &  Knivsflå  2000;;  Goodwin  and  Ahmed,  2006).  According  to  Dahmash  et  al.  
(2009)  the  recent  shift  from  the  profit  and  loss  statement  towards  the  balance  sheet  
increases  the  importance  of  appropriate  recognition  of  intangible  assets.  
 
Skinner   (2008)   and   Zéghal   and   Maaloul   (2011)   provide   a   good   summary   and   a  
critical  evaluation  of  the  arguments  that  have  been  advanced  in  favor  of  reforming  
the  current  accounting  and  disclosure  practices  relating  to  intangible  assets.  Zéghal  
and  Maaloul  (2011)  state  that  because  of  the  inadequate  accounting  treatment  of  
intangibles,  more  information  about  them  should  be  disclosed.  Skinner  (2008)  argue  
that  evidence  provided  to  support  accounting  reforms  related  to  intangible  assets  is  
weak,  especially  in  the  case  of  expanding  the  existing  asset  recognition  criteria  to  
include  intangibles,  which  are  currently  excluded  from  the  balance  sheet.  According  
to  him,  accounting  regulators  can  provide  guidance  but  relying  on  private  incentives  
to  encourage  the  disclosure  related  to  the  management  and  valuation  of  intangibles  
is   more   important.   Both   of   these   studies   highlight   the   importance   of   disclosures.  
However,  even  though  academic  researchers  do  not  agree  how  intangibles  should  
be  treated  everyone  admits  that  the  value  relevance  of  financial  statements  have  
been  decreasing  and  one  of  the  reasons  is  that  the  importance  of  intangible  assets  
have  been  growing  continuously.    
 

2.2   The  value  relevance  of  financial  statements  and  intangible  assets  
 
The  purpose  of  financial  statements  is  to  provide  relevant  information  for  users  in  
making  economic  decisions.  Financial  statement  information  has  been  criticized  for  
failing  to  reflect  changes  in  the  uncertainty  of  future  economic  benefits  and  costs  
related   to   different   assets   and   there   has   been   an   increasing   concern   about   the  
decreased   value   relevance   and   reliability   of   financial   reporting.   Some   of   the  
  12  

concerns  expressed  about  the  current  reporting  model  focus  on  the  content  of  what  
is  reported;;  it  has  been  asserted  that  the  current  reporting  model  does  not  recognize  
and  measure  economic  assets  that  create  shareholder  value.  One  reason  for  this  
might  be  that  either  because  accounting  standards  and  practices  have  not  changed  
as   business   has   changed.   The   other   possible   reason   can   be   that   accounting  
standards  and  practices  have  changed  in  ways,  which  does  not  give  value-­relevant  
information.  (Choi  et  al.  2000,  35;;  Francis  &  Schipper,  1999,  323;;  Hoegh-­Krohn  &  
Knivsflå  2000,  254)                                                                                                                      
 
Intangible   resources   should   be   recognised   in   the   balance   sheet   to   maximize   the  
informational   relevance   of   financial   statements.   Information   is   relevant   if   it   can  
confirm   or   change   a   decision   maker’s   expectations   and   the   value-­relevance   of  
financial   statements   can   be   defined   as   “…   ability   to   confirm   or   change   investors’  
expectations  of  value”.  Further,  the  value-­relevance  of  financial  statements  can  be  
measured   by   the   response   in   the   market   price   or   volume   when   accounting  
information  is  revealed  or  by  their  ability  to  explain  variations  in  the  market  price  or  
volume.   In   addition   to   these,   value-­relevance   can   also   be   measured   by   the   total  
return  that  could  be  earned  from  pre-­disclosure  knowledge  of  financial  statement  
information.  (Hoegh-­Krohn  &  Knivsflå  2000,  255)    
 
Lev  and  Zarowin  (1999)  have  found  a  significant  increase  in  the  market-­to-­book  ratio  
of   US   firms   from   a   level   of   0,81   to   1,69   between   1973   and   1992.   Basically,   this  
means  that  almost  40  percent  of  the  company’s  market  value  of  is  not  reflected  in  
the  balance  sheet.  They  argue  that  intangible  assets  are  the  reason  in  the  decline  
because  investment  in  intangible  assets  has  increased  significantly  over  time,  and  
because   the   current   accounting   practice   for   intangibles   creates   a   discrepancy  
between  the  valuation  implied  in  firms'  earnings  and  their  stock  prices.  
 
There   are   also   assumed   to   be   other   reasons   than   immediate   expensing   of  
intangibles,   such   as   the   increase   in   percentage   of   losses   and   one-­time   items  
(Collins  et  al.  1997)  or  the  increase  in  returns  volatility  (Francis  &  Schipper  1999)  in  
explaining   declining   earnings   value   relevance.   Collins   et   al.   (1997)   conclude   that  
the  shift  in  value-­relevance  from  earnings  to  book  value  can  be  explained  by  the  
  13  

increasing  significance  of  one-­time  items  and  the  increased  frequency  of  negative  
earnings  but  mention  also  intangible  intensity  to  be  one  of  the  reasons.  Amir  &  Lev  
(1996)  find  that,  on  a  stand-­alone  basis,  financial  information  (earnings,  book  values  
and  cash  flows)  is  mostly  irrelevant  for  the  valuation  of  cellural  companies  and  non-­
financial  (e.g.  market  penetration)  is  highly  value-­relevant.  This  finding  indicates  that  
the   traditional   focus   on   financial   information   and   variables   may   lead   to   wrong  
conclusions  if  there  is  a  big  amount  of  unreported  intangibles.    
 
The  value-­relevance  of  intangibles  has  been  extensively  examined  over  the  last  20  
years  as  intangible  assets  have  been  stated  to  be  one  major  reason  for  the  declined  
value  relevance  of  financial  statements  (e.g.  Cañibano  et  al.  2000;;  Dahmash  et  al.  
2009;;   Godfrey   &   Koh,   2001;;   Wyatt   2008).   Capitalising   and   amortising   intangible  
assets  over  their  useful  lives  to  better  match  costs  with  the  future  benefits  is  believed  
to   increase   the   informativeness   of   financial   statements.   However,   intangibles   are  
difficult   to   record   objectively   and   the   value   relevance   and   reliability   of   financial  
statements  may  be  even  reduced  if  reporting  entities  are  given  more  discretion  to  
recognise  doubtful  or  even  imaginary  intangible  assets.  The  pressure  from  financial  
statement  users  to  recognise  more  intangible  resources  as  assets  will  increase  as  
the  importance  of  intangibles  increases.  (Hoegh-­Krohn  &  Knivsflå  2000)  
 
Hoegh-­Krohn  and  Knivsflå  (2000)  have  examined  accounting  for  intangible  assets  
in  Scandinavia,  the  UK,  and  the  USA.  They  conclude  that  in  order  to  improve  value  
relevance  of  financial  statements  all  types  of  intangible  assets  need  to  be  capitalized  
and  subsequently  amortised  over  their  useful  lives.  They  also  state  that  some  of  the  
previously  expensed  costs  should  be  reversed  and  capitalised  in  the  balance  sheet,  
which  also  will  improve  the  value-­relevance.  Goodwin  and  Ahmed  (2006)  examine  
the   value-­relevance   of   intangibles   in   Australia   between   1975   and   1999   using  
regression  analysis.  Even  though  they  do  not  find  clear  evidence  of  the  decreased  
value  relevance  they,  find  that  the  value  relevance  of  earnings  in  those  firms,  which  
capitalise  intangibles  has  increased  more  than  in  those  firms  that  do  not  capitalise  
intangibles.  In  general,  the  results  indicate  that  the  value  relevance  of  earnings  and  
book  values  has  increased  for  those  companies,  which  capitalise  intangibles.  
 
  14  

Aboody  and  Lev  (1998)  examine  software  capitalization  in  163  companies  between  
1987-­1995   and   conclude   market   values   the   capitalisation   of   intangible   assets  
compared   with   immediate   expensing   in   the   income   statement.   Choi   et   al.   (2000)  
examine   the   relationship   between   the   reported   value   of   intangible   assets,   the  
associated  amortisation  expense  and  firm’s  equity  market  values  using  a  matched  
pair   portfolio   and   multiple   regression   analyses.   Their   results   indicate   that   the  
financial   market   positively   values   reported   intangible   assets   and   support   the  
criticism  of  financial  statements’  failure  to  reflect  changes  in  the  levels  of  uncertainty  
of  different  assets.  According  to  them  intangible  assets  should  be  reported  in  the  
balance  sheets  but  they  should  not  be  periodically  amortised.  
 
Due   to   the   fact   that   goodwill   is   the   most   significant   intangible   asset,   there   are  
number  of  studies  examining  the  value  relevance  of  reported  goodwill  in  both  US  
and  Australia  and  these  studies  indicate  that  capitalisation  of  goodwill  does  have  
value  to  investors  (Churyk  2005;;  Godfrey  &  Koh  2001;;  Henning  et  al.  2000).  Godfrey  
and  Koh  (2001)  investigate  the  capitalisation  of  intangible  assets  in  Australia  using  
regression  analysis.  Their  results  provide  evidence  that  capitalisation  of  intangible  
assets,  as  a  whole,  provides  information  which  is  relevant  for  firm  valuation.  They  
also   find   that   when   examining   intangible   assets   separately,   both   goodwill   and  
identifiable  intangible  assets  seem  to  be  value  relevant.  However,  one  interesting  
fact  is  that  investors  attach  more  value  to  the  reported  goodwill  than  to  other  balance  
sheets   items   including   identifiable   intangible   assets.   These   findings   indicate   that  
accounting  treatment  for  goodwill  has  significant  economic  consequences.  
 
Jennings  et  al.  (1996)  has  empirically  investigated  the  relationship  between  market  
equity   values   and   purchased   goodwill   in   the   US   during   the   period   of   1982-­1988.  
Their   results   show   that   the   markets   value   purchased   goodwill   as   an   asset.   In  
addition,  they  also  find  little  evidence  of  a  systematic  relationship  between  goodwill  
amortisation  and  firms’  market  values.  Consistent  with  Jennings  et  al.  Churyk  (2005)  
adds   that   goodwill   is   not   typically   overvalued   when   it   is   initially   recorded   and  
supports  that  the  systematic  amortisation  is  not  warranted  and  does  not  improve  the  
relevance  of  reported  goodwill.  
 
  15  

Regarding  the  capitalisation  of  acquired  intangibles  in  general,  Kimbrough  (2007)  
documents  that  investors  find  the  values  of  recognised  intangibles  informative.  He  
finds   that   investors’   responses   to   the   release   of   purchase   price   allocations   are  
increasing  in  both  the  percent  of  total  assets  that  are  recognised  apart  from  goodwill  
and  in  the  percent  of  intangible  assets  that  are  recognised  apart  from  goodwill.  This  
supports  the  FASB’s  objective  to  maximize  the  amount  of  assets  recognised  apart  
from  goodwill.  The  evidence  provided  in  this  study  supports  the  contention  that  the  
disclosure   of   the   decomposition   of   the   purchase   price   yields   information   that   is  
relevant   to   investors   in   assessing   a   merger.   As   the   IASB   has   followed   the  
development  of  US  GAAP  this  may  also  mean  that  purchase  price  allocation  under  
IFRS  provides  useful  information  to  investors  and  other  stakeholders.  

 
There  is  also  another  important  concept  which  closely  relates  to  the  value  relevance  
and  should  be  taken  into  account:  the  value  reliability.  According  to  Dahmash  et  al.  
(2009)  the  value  relevance  is  conditional  on  the  value  reliability.  Ji  &  Lu  (2014,  183)  
agree   and   state   that   standard   setters,   like   the   IASB,   are   concerned   about   the  
relevance   of   information   about   intangible   assets   because   the   reliability   of   such  
information   affects   also   the   value-­relevance.   The   value-­relevance   and   value-­
reliability  of  the  accounting  information  about  intangibles  has  to  be  improved  but  the  
accounting   regulators   may   be   unable   to   improve   both   value   relevancy   and   value  
reliability   simultaneously.   Both   of   them   are   equally   important   because   unreliable  
information   also   reduces   the   value   relevance   of   information.   Wyatt   (2008)   also  
argues  that  even  though  information  about  intangible  assets  is  value  relevant,  these  
assets  may  not  be  reliably  measured.  
 
Dahmash  et  al.  (2009)  have  examined  both  value  relevance  and  reliability  (degree  
of  bias)  of  identifiable  intangible  assets  and  goodwill  under  Australian  GAAP  from  
1994  to  2003  and  find  that  information  about  intangible  assets  is  value  relevant  but  
also  biased.  Goodwill  tends  to  be  reported  conservatively  and  identifiable  intangible  
assets  aggressively.  Their  results  indicate  that  the  transition  to  IFRSs  is  about  to  
reduce  the  level  of  bias  because  these  standards  require  goodwill  to  be  tested  for  
impairment  instead  of  systematic  amortisation.  Dahmash  et  al.  also  state  that  the  
  16  

more   prudent   recognition   requirements   related   to   the   recognition   of   identifiable  


intangible   assets   reduce   these   biases.   These   recognition   requirements   are  
examined  in  the  next  chapter.  
 

2.3   International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  


 
Since   2005,   European   listed   companies   have   been   obliged   to   use   International  
Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS)  as  a  regulation  environment  for  consolidated  
financial   statements   in   an   effort   to   achieve   transparency   and   harmonisation   of  
financial   reporting   standards   and   to   reinforce   the   integration   of   European   capital  
markets.  More  than  100  countries  have  adopted  IFRS  around  the  world  despite  it  is  
not  mandatory  for  all  of  these  countries  and  is  rather  based  on  recommendations.  
(Haaramo  2012,  21)  Carmona  and  Trombetta  (2008)  have  examined  the  application  
of  IFRS  and  suggest  that  the  inner  flexibility  enables  the  application  of  IFRS/IAS  to  
countries   with   diverse   accounting   traditions   and   varying   institutional   conditions.  
Hence,  a  distinctive  of  IFRS  standards  is  that  they  are  principles-­based  instead  of  
rules-­based   and   do   not   include   specific   guidance   for   every   possible   situation.  
(Carmona  &  Trombetta  2008,  456)  
 
IFRS   standards   are   issued   by   the   IASB.   IFRS   norms   includes   Framework,   IFRS  
and   IFRIC.   Framework   includes   the   general   fundamentals   of   preparation   and  
presentation  of  financial  statements,  IFRS  includes  financial  statement  standards  
and   IFRIC,   IFRS   Interpretation   Committee,   includes   interpretation   guidelines   of  
these  standards.  Accrual  basis  and  going  concern  are  the  fundamental  assumptions  
of   IFRS.   Qualitative   requirements   of   financial   reporting   can   be   divided   into  
fundamental   characteristics   and   enhancing   characteristics.   Fundamental  
characteristics   include   relevance   and   faithful   representation   and   enhancing  
characteristics  include  comparability,  verifiability,  timeliness  and  understandability.  
(Haaramo   2012,   21,   32;;   Troberg   2007,   26)   From   the   perspective   of   acquired  
intangible  assets,  the  most  relevant  standards  are  IFRS  3,  IAS  38  and  IAS  36  that  
are  examined  more  detailed  in  the  upcoming  chapters.  
 
  17  

2.3.1   Intangible  assets  


 
According  to  IFRS  an  intangible  asset  is  “an  identifiable  non-­monetary  asset  without  
physical   substance”.   An   asset,   in   turn,   can   be   defined   as   a   resource   that   is  
controlled  by  the  entity  as  a  result  of  past  events  (for  example,  purchase  or  self-­
creation)  and  from  which  future  economic  benefits  (inflows  of  cash  or  other  assets)  
are  expected.  Accounting  for  intangible  assets  is  regulated  under  IAS  38  and  this  
standard   identifies   three   critical   attributes   of   an   intangible   asset:   identifiability,  
control  (power  to  obtain  benefits  from  the  asset)  and  future  economic  benefits,  which  
can   be,   for   example,   revenues   or   future   cost   reductions.   (European   Commission  
2010,  3-­5)  
 
One  common  classification  of  intangibles  mainly  developed  by  accounting  standard  
setters   divides   them   into   two   categories:   internally   generated   intangibles   and  
externally   acquired   intangibles.   This   is   also   the   classification   IFRS   uses.   Both  
externally  and  internally  generated  Intangible  assets  consist  of  identifiable  intangible  
assets  and  unidentified  intangible  assets,  which  cannot  be  identified  separately  and  
form   goodwill.   Intangibles   other   than   goodwill   are   usually   called   identifiable  
intangible   assets.   Externally   acquired   intangible   assets   are   purchased   via  
transactions   with   external   parties   and   at   arm’s-­length   prices.   They   can   be  
purchased  individually  or  as  a  part  of  a  business  combination.  A  common  externally  
acquired  intangible  asset  is  purchased  goodwill  arising  on  a  business  combination  
and  it  represents  future  economic  benefits  arising  from  synergy  between  identifiable  
assets   or   from   intangible   assets   that   do   not   meet   the   definition   of   an   identifiable  
intangible  asset.  (Hoegh-­Krohn  &  Knivsflå  2000,  245)  Due  to  the  special  nature  and  
the  importance  of  goodwill  regarding  this  study,  it  is  examined  more  closely.    
 
Goodwill   is   one   of   the   most   complex   and   controversial   intangible   assets.   The  
simplest   definition   of   goodwill   is   to   consider   it   as   an   acquisition   premium,   which  
means  that  goodwill  is  the  cost  above  the  fair  value  of  firm  once  all  the  assets  of  the  
firm  have  been  stated  at  fair  value.  Much  of  the  research  has  focused  on  issues  
related  to  accounting  for  goodwill  because  it  is  also  the  largest  intangible  asset  for  
most   companies.   Despite   the   theoretical   definition,   goodwill   is   not   clear   from   the  
  18  

empirical   perspective   because   it   consists   of   many   different   elements   and  


components.   Hence,   it   is   important   to   investigate   goodwill   from   an   empirical  
perspective  because  goodwill  is  also  an  empirical  issue.  (Choi  et  al.  2000,  36-­37;;  
Giuliani  &  Brännström  2011,  162;;  Lhaopadchan  2010,  123)  
 
Goodwill  is  generally  considered  difficult  to  interpret,  because  it  consists  of  many  
different   components   and   accounting   for   goodwill   has   been   constituting   big  
challenges   to   accounting   standard   setters   (Henning   et   al.   2000;;   Powell   2003).  
According  to  the  IASB  goodwill  is  any  excess  of  the  costs  of  the  acquisition  over  the  
acquirer’s  interests  in  the  fair  value  of  the  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities.  Johnson  
and   Petrone   (1998,   294)   find   two   main
perspectives   of   goodwill   that   can   be  
observed:  a  top-­down  perspective  and  a  bottom-­up  perspective.  From  the  top-­down  
perspective,  goodwill  is  considered  as  a  residuum  of  a  larger  asset  after  a  breaking-­
down   process   of   this   larger   asset   into   goodwill   and   other   identifiable   intangibles.  
From  the  bottom-­up  perspective  goodwill  is  viewed  in  terms  of  its  components  which  
means  that  goodwill  is  seen  as  a  sum  of  unrecognized  intangible  assets  which  are  
potential  for  identification  or  a  sort  of  “purchase  premium”.  According  to  Giuliani  and  
Brännström   (2011,   164)   the   concept   of   goodwill   under   IFRS   does   not   reflect   the  
image  of  goodwill  and  one  reason  for  this  may  be  that  the  theoretical  definition  of  
goodwill  combines  the  top-­down  perspective  with  the  bottom-­up  perspective.  
 
It   has   also   been     under   the   discussion   whether   goodwill   is   an   asset   or   not.   For  
example,   Johnson   and   Petrone   (1998)   argue   that   from   a   top-­down   perspective  
goodwill   is   an   asset   because   it   is   viewed   as   a   part   of   larger   asset   but   from   the  
bottom-­up  perspective  it  is  not  as  clear  whether  goodwill  is  considered  as  an  asset  
or  not.  Purchased  goodwill  is  regulated  under  IFRS  3  and  it  treats  goodwill  as  an  
asset  with  indefinite  useful  life  and  defines  goodwill  as  “An  asset  representing  the  
future   economic   benefits   arising   from   other   assets   acquired   in   a   business  
combination   that   are   not   individually   identified   and   separately   recognised.”  
(European  Commission  2011,  13)  The  definition  of  goodwill  is  an  academic  problem  
but  from  a  practical  point  of  view  goodwill  has  also  qualitative  impacts  on  financial  
statements  related  to  how  to  e.g.  value  or  impair  goodwill  (Giuliani  and  Brännström  
2011,  162).  
  19  

     
It   is   good   to   notice   that   recognising   intangibles   as   an   asset   depends   on   the  
accounting  regulations.  Under  the  definition  of  an  asset  made  by  the  IASB  some  
intangibles   do   not   meet   the   recognition   criteria   introduced   by   IAS   38,   which   is  
examined  more  detailed  in  the  next  part,  so  the  existence  of  goodwill  depends  on  
that  which  intangibles  can  be  recognised  separately  and  which  should  be  accounted  
into  goodwill.  For  example,  human  capital  is  a  recurrent  item  in  goodwill  as  it  cannot  
be  recognised  separately  in  the  balance  sheet  due  to  the  lack  of  control  over  the  
expected   future   economic   benefits   from   skilled   workforce,   so   in   the   case   of   a  
business   combination   it   is   accounted   into   goodwill   (Eckstein   2004,   154).   The  
possibility  to  include  different  intangibles  with  a  wide  variety  in  goodwill  makes  the  
definition  of  goodwill  complex  but  at  the  same  time  very  relevant  for  precision  and  
understandability.  (Giuliani  and  Brännström  2011,  163-­164)  
 
Previous   studies   (e.g.   Johnson   and   Petrone   1998)   focus   on   goodwill   from   the  
theoretical  point  of  view  but  the  study  of  Giuliani  and  Brännström  (2011)  is  taking  a  
more  practical  perspective.  They  concentrate  on  the  description  of  goodwill  arising  
from  business  combinations  in  Swedish  and  Italy  and  identify  three  different  classes  
named  “Identified  goodwill”,  “Not  specified”  and  “Residuum”.  They  examine  whether  
it  can  be  found  any  consistency  in  how  companies  define  goodwill  in  practice  in  the  
first  year  of  mandatory  application  of  IFRS  3.  The  class  “identified  goodwill”  includes  
the  cases  in  which  goodwill  is  defined  in  terms  of  intangibles  and/or  synergies.  The  
second  class  covers  the  cases  in  which  no  explanations  are  found.  The  third  class  
defines  goodwill  as  a  residuum  or  as  a  difference  between  the  purchase  price  and  
fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired.  The  majority  of  the  companies  in  this  study  have  
described  goodwill  as  a  residuum  and  many  companies  also  supplied  a  description  
of  goodwill  required  by  IFRS  3.  In  addition,  they  find  that  companies  adopting  a  top-­
down  perspective  seems  to  not  disclose  goodwill.  (Giuliani  and  Brännström  2011,  
167-­168)  
 
In  those  cases,  where  the  goodwill  is  disclosed  Giuliani  and  Brännström  (2011,  169  
identify  three  interpretations:  “Core  goodwill”,  “Intangibles”  and  “Core  goodwill  and  
intangibles”.   The   first   one   includes   all   the   interpretations   of   goodwill   in   terms   of  
  20  

synergies  and  benefits.  The  second  class  “Intangibles”  refers  to  all  the  intangibles  
the  company  cannot  account  separately.  The  third  class  is  the  combination  of  other  
two  classes  and  includes  both  synergies  and  intangibles.  Giuliani  and  Brännström  
(2011)   find   that   “Core   goodwill”   is   the   largest   category   and   “Intangibles”   is   the  
smallest.  However,  they  conclude  that  despite  the  stimulation  of  IFRS  3,  the  top-­
down  approach  for  goodwill  is  still  predominant  and  goodwill  continues  to  be  seen  
as  a  residuum.  
 

2.3.2   Recognition  criteria  of  intangible  assets  


 
Intangible  resources  have  some  characteristics  that  are  relevant  when  evaluating  
whether   they   should   be   recognised   as   assets   or   not:   (1)   they   have   few   or   no  
alternative   uses   because   many   intangible   assets   are   firm-­specific   and   difficult   to  
utilize  for  others,  (2)  problems  with  or  lack  of  separability  because  many  intangibles  
only  have  value  together  with  tangible  assets,  (3)  difficulties  to  determine  whether  
the  asset  which  was  originally  recorded  is  being  maintained  or  whether  a  new  asset  
is  gradually  substituting  it  and  (4)  greater  uncertainty  of  whether  their  costs  will  bring  
future  economic  benefits.  (Hoegh-­Krohn  &  Knivsflå  2000,  257)  
 
Intangible   asset   recognition   is   an   important   topic   because   of   the   nature   of  
intangibles.  They  are  not  easy  to  recognise  and  verify  and  that  is  the  reason  why  
they   can   be   used   to   manage   and   manipulate   accounting   numbers   and   reported  
earnings.  Under  IFRS  all  the  intangible  expenses  should  meet  the  certain  criteria  to  
be   recognised   as   assets.   The   objective   of   IAS   38   is   to   prescribe   the   accounting  
treatment  for  intangible  assets  and  according  to  this  standard  an  intangible  asset  
needs  to  be  recognised  if,  and  only  if,  it  meets  the  certain  criteria.  IAS  38  requires  
an  entity  to  recognise  an  intangible  asset  (purchased  and  self-­created)  if,  and  only  
if  “it  is  probable  that  he  future  economic  benefits  that  are  attributable  to  the  asset  
will  flow  to  the  entity  and  the  cost  of  the  asset  can  be  measured  reliably”.  (Hoegh-­
Krohn  &  Knivsflå  2000,  249)  The  recognition  criteria  are  applied  both  to  externally  
acquired  and  internally  generated  intangible  assets.  IAS  38  is  applied  to  intangible  
assets  acquired  in  a  business  combinations  occurring  on  or  after  31  March  2004  but  
it  is  not  applied  to  purchased  goodwill,  which  is  regulated  only  under  IFRS  3.  
  21  

 
According  to  IAS  38  an  intangible  asset  should  be  recognised  if  it  is  identifiable.  An  
intangible  asset  is  identifiable  when  it  is  separable  (capable  of  being  separated  and  
sold,  transferred,  licensed,  rented  or  exchanged  either  individually  or  together  with  
a   related   contract   or   arises   from   contractual   or   other   legal   rights,   regardless   of  
whether  those  rights  are  transferable  or  separable  from  the  entity  or  from  other  rights  
and  obligations.  (Haaramo  2012,  190-­191)  However,  Intangible  assets  are  difficult  
to  identify  and  separate  from  other  assets  (Violeta  &  Mariana  2011,  297).  Consistent  
with   this   Wyatt   (2001,   84,   110)   notes   that   the   assessment   of   the   existence   and  
identifiability  of  intangible  assets  may  be  really  challenging  and  this  is  the  reason  
why   not   all   the   intangible   assets   and   investments   are   not   recognised   in   the  
company’s  balance  sheet.    
 
An  entity  has  the  control  over  the  asset  if  the  entity  has  to  power  to  obtain  future  
benefits,  the  entity  can  restrict  others  to  access  to  benefit  from  the  profits.  Usually,  
the  company  obtains  a  control  through  legal  rights,  e.g.  copyright.  In  addition  to  the  
control  and  identifiability,  to  be  able  to  recognised  the  asset  in  the  balance  sheet,  
probable  future  economic  benefits,  such  as  revenues  or  reduced  future  costs,  are  
expected.  According  to  IAS  38,  these  future  economic  benefits  must  be  based  on  
reasonable  and  supportable  assumptions  about  conditions  that  will  exist  over  the  
life  of  the  asset.”.  This  definition  of  probable  future  benefits  allows  management  to  
use  their  discretion  to  determine  probability,  which  has  also  been  criticised  due  to  
the   possibility   for   accounting   manipulation   and   opportunistic   behavior.   (Haaramo  
2012,  192-­194)  Figure  2.  presents  the  recognition  criteria  under  IAS  38.  
 
  22  

Recognition
criteria

Future
Identifiability economic   Control
benefits

The  cost  of  the   The  power  to  


Arises  from   asset  can  be   Probability obtain  benefits  
contractual   or   measured  reliably from  the  asset
other  legal  rights

The  power  to  


Separable restrict  others

 
Figure  2.  Intangible  asset  recognition  criteria  under  IAS  38  (According  to  Haaramo  
2012,  190-­191)  
 
Wyatt   (2005,   999-­1000)   argue   that   limiting   management   discretion   to   record  
intangible   assets   reduce   rather   than   improve   the   quality   of   balance   sheet   and  
investor’s   information.   Matolcsy   and   Wyatt   (2006,   478)   state   that   too   prudent  
recognition  criteria  may  deteriorate  the  usefulness  and  quality  of  financial  statement  
information   to   analysts   comparing   to   the   situation   where   the   management   can  
decide  which  intangible  expenditures  should  be  capitalised.  According  to  Egginton  
(1990,   183)   the   problem   of   recognition   is   the   difficulty   to   define   probable   future  
economic  benefit.  He  also  questions  that  the  expected  future  economic  benefits  are  
the  core  of  the  recognition  criteria  because  there  can  also  be  more  uncertainty  over  
the  future  benefits  of  tangible  assets,  such  as  oil  and  gas  reserves.  
 
Under  IAS  38,  if  an  intangible  expenditure  does  not  meet  both  the  recognition  criteria  
and   the   definition   of   an   intangible   asset,   this   item   has   to   be   recognised   as   an  
expense  when  it  is  incurred.  The  standard  also  prohibits  an  expenditure  originally  
charged  as  a  cost  to  be  reinstated  as  an  intangible  asset  at  a  later  date.  Egginton  
(1990)   criticizes   conventional   accounts   for   preferring   intangibles   acquired   by  
purchase   to   be   recognised   as   intangible   assets   more   easily   than   those   from  
  23  

internally  developed  intangibles.  Further,  Su  and  Wells  (2014)  state  that  there  is  no  
empirical  evidence  supporting  the  current  regulatory  distinction  between  acquired  
generated   identifiable   intangible   assets.   This   also   reduces   the   comparability  
between  companies  with  internally  developed  intangible  assets  and  companies  with  
purchased   intangible   assets.   IAS   38   includes   additional   recognition   criteria   for  
internally  generated  intangibles  but  it  does  not  allow  some  intangibles,  like  internally  
generated   goodwill   and   advertising   and   promotional   cost,   to   be   recognised   but  
expensed  immediately  when  incurred.  For  example,  internally  generated  brands  or  
customer  lists  cannot  be  recognised  as  assets,  unless  they  are  acquired  as  a  part  
of  business  combination.  
 
Acquired  intangible  assets  can  be  recognised  in  the  balance  sheet  because  there  
is  an  exchange  transaction  with  inferred  cost  and  verifiable  confirmation.  Internally  
generated   intangible   assets   cannot   usually   be   recognised   due   to   the   absence   of  
verifiable   cost   in   the   exchange   transaction.   However,   according   to   Petkov   (2011,  
40)  an  illustrative  business  combination  could  be  used  to  help  with  the  valuation  of  
internally   generated   intangible   assets   and   so   make   it   possible   to   recognise   also  
internally  generated  intangibles  in  the  balance  sheet.    
 
The  recognition  criterion  regarding  the  probability  is  always  satisfied  for  intangibles,  
which  are  acquired  separately  or  in  a  business  combination.  Under  IAS  38,  there  is  
also  a  presumption  that  the  fair  value  (and  therefore  the  cost)  of  an  intangible  asset  
acquired  in  a  business  combination  can  be  measured  reliably.  Thus,  if  an  intangible  
asset  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is  separable,  sufficient  information  exists  
to  measure  reliably  the  fair  value  of  an  asset.  An  intangible  expenditure  must  be  
either   capitalised   or   expensed.   If   an   intangible   expense   results   from   a   business  
combination  and  cannot  be  reported  as  an  intangible  asset,  it  has  to  be  incorporated  
into  goodwill  at  the  date  of  the  acquisition.  IAS  38  also  specifies  that  after  the  initial  
recognition   amortisable   intangibles   has   to   be   amortised   over   their   useful   life   in  
accordance   with   IAS   36.   The   amortisation   method   should   reflect   the   pattern   of  
consumption   of   future   economic   benefits.   Under   IAS   38   and   IFRS   3   an   acquirer  
recognises  at  the  acquisition  date,  separately  from  goodwill,  an  intangible  asset  of  
  24  

the  acquiree  in  spite  of  whether  the  asset  has  been  recognised  before  the  business  
combination.  (Haaramo  2012,  197-­198,  200)  
 

Intangible  assets  are  not  as  easy  to  recognise  and  identify  as  tangible  assets  and  
the   value-­relevance   of   financial   statements   may   even   reduce   if   doubtful   or   non-­
existing   assets   are   recorded.   Hoegh-­Krohn   and   Knivsflå   (2000,   244)   provide  
evidence   of   using   prudent   recognition   criteria   and   state   that   it   is   important   to  
consider  whether  there  exists  a  positive  relationship  between  value-­relevance  and  
reliability  of  financial  statement  information  and  intangible  asset  recognition  and  the  
trade-­off  between  relevance  and  reliability  of  capitalising/expensing  also  needs  to  
be  taken  into  account.  Kanodia  et  al.  (2004)  also  highlight  the  relevance-­reliability  
trade-­off  when  measuring  intangibles  and  due  to  that  intangible  assets  should  be  
measured   only   when   they   have   a   high   relative   importance   in   constituting   firm’s  
capital   stock   and   the   measurement   can   be   done   with   sufficiently   high   precision.  
They  also  state  that  most  of  the  intangibles  are  firm-­specific  and  nontradable  in  the  
markets.  Contrary  to  Hoegh-­Krohn  and  Knivsflå  and  Kanodia  et  al.,  Wyatt  (2008)  
has   also   examined   both   value   relevance   and   reliability   but   concludes   that   more  
information   is   better   even   if   it   may   be   uncertain   because   it   is   still   a   signal   for  
investors  that  the  asset  actually  exists.  According  to  her,  giving  management  more  
discretion   to   report   about   the   company’s   economic   reality,   accounting   regulators  
could  better  facilitate  value  relevant  disclosures  on  intangibles.    

Recognition  criteria  by  IAS  38  is  too  prudent  concerning  certain  intangible  assets,  
such  as  internally  generated  intangibles.  In  most  of  the  cases,  the  lack  of  control  is  
the  reason  why  the  recognition  criteria  are  not  met.  As  already  mentioned,  human  
capital  is  a  recurrent  item  in  goodwill.  The  problem  regarding  human  capital  is  that  
the  company  does  not  own  its  employees  as  they  always  have  a  possibility  to  fire  
themselves.  The  case  is  also  the  same  with  the  expertise  of  management  and  loyal  
customer  base.  (Haaramo  2012,  194-­195)  Lev  (2001)  underlines  that  companies  do  
not  own  their  employees  nor  the  ideas  of  employees.  He  also  reminds  that  when  a  
company  invests  in  to  train  its  employees,  other  companies  will  benefit  from  these  
  25  

kind   of   investments   if   the   trained   employee   switches   the   employer.   The   legal  
protection  of  human  capital  seems  to  be  really  difficult  and  challenging  (Tao  et  al.  
2005,  51).  Human  capital  is  an  invisible  item  in  the  balance  sheet  and  can  be  seen  
only   as   an   expense   in   the   income   statement.   However,   in   connection   with   the  
business   acquisitions,   it   becomes   visible   as   it   can   be   accounted   into   goodwill.  
(Danthine  &  Jin,  2007,  158)  
 

2.3.3   Initial  recognition,  measurement  subsequent  to  acquisition  and  amortisation    


 
If   the   recognition   criteria   set   by   IAS   38   is   met   an   intangible   expenditure   can   be  
recognised  as  an  asset  in  the  balance  sheet.  Intangible  assets  are  initially  measured  
at   cost.   Subsequently,   they   are   measured   at   cost   or   using   the   revaluation   model  
and  amortised  on  a  systematic  basis  over  their  useful  lives,  unless  the  intangible  
asset  has  an  indefinite  useful  life,  in  which  case  it  is  not  amortised  but  tested  for  
impairment  and  regulated  under  IAS  36.  The  cost  model  means  that  after  the  initial  
recognition   an   intangible   asset   should   be   carried   at   cost   less   accumulated  
amortisation  and  impairment  losses.  When  using  the  revaluation  model,  intangible  
assets  can  be  carried  at  a  revalued  amount,  which  is  based  on  fair  values,  less  any  
subsequent  amortisation  and  impairment  losses  only  if  fair  value  can  be  determined  
by  reference  to  an  active  market.  However,  active  markets  may  be  difficult  to  find  
for  some  intangible  assets.  (Haaramo  2012,  200;;  Troberg  2007,  55)  
 
Under   the   revaluation   model,   revaluation   increases   are   recognised   in   other  
comprehensive   income   and   accumulated   in   the   revaluation   surplus   within   equity  
except  to  the  extent  that  it  reverses  a  revaluation  decrease  previously  recognised  
in   profit   and   loss.   If   the   revalued   intangible   has   a   finite   useful   life,   the   revalued  
amount   is   amortised.   IFRS   3   requires   intangible   assets   acquired   in   a   business  
combination  to  be  measured  at  their  fair  values  at  the  acquisition  date  in  accordance  
with  IFRS  13.  Fair  value  accounting  for  acquired  intangible  assets  is  examined  more  
closely  in  the  chapter  2.3.2.  
 
As  already  mentioned  one  classification  is  to  divide  intangible  assets  into  acquired  
and  internally  generated  intangible  assets.  However,  intangible  assets  can  also  be  
  26  

divided   based   on   their   useful   lives.   Indefinite   useful   life   means   that   there   is   no  
foreseeable  limit  to  the  period  over  which  the  asset  is  expected  to  generate  cash  
inflows  to  the  entity.  If  an  asset  has  a  finite  useful  life,  an  asset  will  have  a  limited  
period   to   generate   benefit   to   the   entity.   Intangible   assets   with   finite   useful   lives  
systematic  basis  over  the  determined  useful  life.  The  amortization  method  should  
reflect   the   pattern   of   benefits   and   the   amortization   period   should   be   reviewed   at  
least   annually.   Amortisation   methods   are   straight   line   method,   declining   balance  
method   and   sum-­of-­the-­years’-­digits   method.   An   intangible   asset   with   indefinite  
useful  life  should  not  be  amortised  under  IAS  38.  Asset’s  useful  life  should  be  also  
reviewed   each   reporting   period   to   determine   whether   events   or   circumstances  
continue  to  support  an  indefinite  useful  life  assessment.  (Haaramo  2012,  201-­204)  
 
An  intangible  asset  with  an  indefinite  useful  life  should  be  assessed  for  impairment  
in  accordance  with  IAS  36.  The  objective  of  IAS  36  is  to  ensure  that  assets  are  not  
carried  at  more  than  their  recoverable  amount.  In  addition  to  intangible  assets  with  
indefinite  useful  lives,  goodwill  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is  also  tested  for  
impairment  at  least  annually  or  whenever  there  is  an  indication  of  impairment.  Under  
IAS   36,   there   is   a   list   of   external   and   internal   indicators   of   impairment   to   help   to  
estimate  whether  the  asset  has  been  impaired  or  not.  External  indicators  include  
e.g.  market  value  declines  and  negative  changes  in  the  markets  of  economy  and  
internal  indicators  are  e.g.  worse  economic  performance  than  expected.  Accounting  
for  goodwill  is  examined  more  closely  in  the  next  chapters.  
   

2.3.4   Accounting  for  business  combinations  


 
Accounting  for  business  combinations  is  regulated  under  IFRS  3.  IFRS  3  defines  a  
business  combination  as  “A  transaction  or  other  event  in  which  an  acquirer  obtains  
control  of  one  or  more  businesses.”.  The  objective  of  IFRS  3  is  to  improve  relevance,  
reliability   and   comparability   of   financial   statement   information   about   a   business  
combination   and   its   effects.   This   standard   is   applied   to   all   transactions   or   other  
events  that  meet  the  definition  of  a  business  combination.  To  accomplish  this,  IFRS  
establishes  three  main  principles  and  requirements  for  the  acquirer:  
 
  27  

1.   How   the   acquirer   recognises   and   measures   in   its   financial   statements   the  
identifiable  assets  acquired,  the  liabilities  assumed  and  any  non-­controlling  
interest  in  the  acquire?  
2.   How  the  acquirer  recognises  and  measures  goodwill  acquired  in  the  business  
combination  or  a  gain  from  a  bargain  purchase?  
3.   How  the  acquirer  determines  what  information  to  disclose  and  enable  users  
of  the  financial  statements  to  evaluate  the  nature  of  financial  effects  of  the  
business  combination?  (European  Commission  2011,  1,  15)  
 
Table  1.  History  of  IFRS  3  (Deloitte  2015)  
Pronouncement     Issued     Effective  date  
Original  issue   2004   Business  
combinations   after   31  
March  2004  
Comprehensive   revision   on   applying   the   Revised   Annual   periods  
acquisition  method   2008   beginning  on  or  after  1  
July  2009  
Amendments  resulting  from  May  2010   May  2010   Annual   periods  
Annual  improvements  to  IFRSs   beginning  on  or  after  1  
July  2010  
Amendments   resulting   from   Annual   December   Annual   periods  
improvements   2010-­2012   Cycle   2013   beginning  on  or  after  1  
(accounting  for  contingent  consideration)   July  2014  
Amendments   resulting   from   Annual   December   Annual   periods  
Improvements   2011-­2013   Cycle   (scope   2013   beginning  on  or  after  1  
exception  for  joint  ventures)   July  2014  
 
 
IFRS  3  establishes  recognition  principle  and  measurement  principle  in  relation  to  
the  recognition  and  measurement  of  items  arising  in  a  business  combination.  Under  
the  recognition  principle,  identifiable  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed  and  non-­
controlling  interests  in  the  acquiree  should  be  recognised  separately  from  goodwill.  
  28  

In   turn,   the   measurement   principle   means   that   all   assets   acquired   and   liabilities  
assumed  in  a  business  combination  are  measured  at  acquisition-­date  fair  value.  
 
IFRS  3  does  not  apply  to  the  formation  of  joint  venture  or  a  combination  of  entities  
or  businesses  under  common  control.  In  addition,  it  does  not  apply  to  the  acquisition  
of  an  asset  or  a  group  of  assets  that  does  not  constitute  a  business,  but  in  such  
cases   the   acquirer   shall   identify   and   recognise   individual   identifiable   assets  
acquired  (including  those  assets  that  meet  the  definition  of  and  recognition  criteria  
for  intangible  assets  according  to  IAS  38  Intangible  Assets).  The  cost  of  the  group  
should  be  allocated  to  the  individual  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  based  on  their  
relative  fair  values  at  the  date  of  purchase.  Such  transaction  or  event  does  not  give  
rise  to  goodwill.  (European  Commission  2011,  1)  
 
The   acquisition   method   under   IFRS   3   requires   assets   acquired   and   liabilities  
assumed  to  be  measured  at  their  fair  values  at  the  acquisition  date.  The  application  
of  the  acquisition  method  (called  the  purchase  method  in  the  2004  version  of  IFRS  
3)  involves  four  steps:  First,  an  acquirer  has  to  be  identified  for  all  levels  of  business  
activities.   Second,   the   cost   of   acquisition   should   be   determined,   and   in   the   third  
step,  the  cost  of  acquisition  has  to  be  allocated  at  acquisition  date  to  the  individual  
assets   acquired   and   the   liabilities   and   contingent   liabilities   assumed.   In   order   to  
complete  this,  all  acquired  assets  and  liabilities  has  to  be  identified  and  valued  at  
their   respective   acquisition-­date   fair   values,   including   intangibles   which   are   not  
recognised  in  the  acquiree’s  pre-­acquisition  balance  sheet.  (European  Commission  
2011,  1-­3)  
 
IFRS  3  has  been  revised  in  2008.  In  addition  to  the  introduction  of  the  acquisition  
method,  the  new  revised  version  made  changes  e.g.  to  the  purchase  consideration  
to   the   non-­controlling   interests   measurement.   Under   the   revised   IFRS   3   all  
previously  held  equity  interests  should  be  measured  at  fair  values.  The  revised  IFRS  
3  also  gives  a  choice  in  the  measurement  of  non-­controlling  interests  and  allows  to  
measure  non-­controlling  interests  either  at  fair  value  (or  the  full  goodwill  method)  or  
the  non-­controlling  interests’  proportionate  share  of  net  assets  of  the  acquiree.  IFRS  
3  includes  also  the  disclosure  requirements,  which  include  special  requirements  for  
  29  

goodwill  and  acquired  intangible  assets  but  the  accounting  treatment  for  acquired  
intangible   assets   is   examined   more   detailed   in   the   next   chapters.   (European  
Commission  2011,  28-­29,  32)  
 

2.4   Accounting  for  intangible  assets  acquired  in  a  business  combination  under  
IFRS  3  
 
Accounting  for  business  combinations  has  dramatically  changed  since  2000.  The  
development   started   in   the   U.S.   when   the   FASB   issued   Statement   of   Financial  
Accounting  Standards  (SFAS)  141  (Business  Combinations)  and  142  (Goodwill  and  
Other  Intangible  Assets)  in  2001.  The  IASB  also  wanted  to  harmonise  accounting  
standards   in   Europe,   and   since   2005   IFRS   has   been   the   official   accounting  
principles   for   all   the   listed   companies   in   the   European   Union.   The   method   of  
accounting  for  mergers  and  acquisitions  represents  one  of  the  most  relevant  areas  
of  innovation  in  the  current  release  of  IFRS  (Busacca  and  Maccarrone  2007,  307).  
 
Intangible  assets  are  the  most  difficult  to  value  in  the  acquisition  accounting  and  one  
reason  for  this  is  a  unique  and  non-­separable  nature  of  intangibles  (Lhaopadchan  
2010,  123).  Regulating  the  accounting  for  intangibles  has  also  been  one  of  the  most  
complex   areas   faced   by   the   accounting   standard   setters   and   this   issue   is   very  
relevant  because  of  the  increased  growth  in  international  mergers  and  acquisitions  
and  fast  development  of  international  financial  markets.  (Hoegh-­Krohn  &  Knivsflå  
2000;;  Kanodia  et  al.  2004).  
 
Achieving  synergy  is,  in  general,  one  of  the  most  important  theoretical  arguments  
behind   business   combinations   (Walter   &   Barney   1990).   Business   combinations  
often  have  a  high  economic  significance  to  the  acquirers  and  can  have  a  substantial  
effect  on  their  operations.  They  are  among  the  largest  items  in  the  firm’s  investment  
activities   and   the   magnitude   of   business   combinations   makes   the   disclosure   on  
business  combinations  extremely  important.  The  growing  importance  of  intangibles  
in  the  balance  sheet  and  as  a  portion  of  the  assets  acquired  further  increases  the  
importance   of   disclosure   for   investors’   evaluation   about   the   effects   of   business  
combinations  on  acquirers.  (Shalev  2009,  241)  
  30  

 
IFRS  3  outlines  the  accounting  when  an  acquirer  obtains  control  of  a  business  (e.g.  
mergers  and  acquisitions).  These  business  combinations  are  accounted  for  using  
the  acquisition  method,  which  requires  that  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  
must   to   be   measured   at   their   fair   values   at   the   acquisition   date.   Before   IFRS   3  
goodwill  was  measured  as  the  difference  between  the  purchase  price  and  the  book  
value  of  the  acquired  firm’s  equity,  but  since  the  adoption  of  IFRS  3  at  the  time  of  
the  acquisition  the  management  of  the  entity  identifies  specific  intangible  assets  in  
the  acquired  company  and  capitalises  them  separately.  Depending  on  the  nature  of  
the  intangible  asset,  they  can  be  held  indefinitely  or  amortised  over  their  useful  life.  
(Hamberg  &  Beisland  2014,  60)  
 
The   aim   of   IFRS   3   is   to   harmonise   the   accounting   treatment   and   reporting   of  
intangible  assets  identified  in  a  business  combination  and  to  increase  the  level  of  
information  related  to  intangible  assets  as  well  as  to  make  them  more  visible  in  the  
context  of  business  combinations.  The  standard  can  also  be  seen  as  a  tool  to  reduce  
information  asymmetry  related  to  the  better  match  of  the  value  of  an  intangible  asset  
to   reflect   its   future   earnings   (Brännström   and   Giuliani   2009,   70)   Under   the   IFRS  
accounting,  there  are  two  great  innovations  affecting  the  accounting  treatment  for  
intangible   assets   acquired   in   a   business   combination.   The   first   innovation   is   the  
possibility   to   value   selected   strategic   resources   at   fair   value,   which   takes   into  
account  the  ability  of  these  resources  to  create  value.  According  to  IFRS  the  most  
relevant   area   for   fair   value   application   is   the   valuation   of   assets   acquired   in   a  
business  combination.  The  second  innovation  is  the  impairment  test  for  goodwill.  
The  purpose  of  this  test  is  to  identify  any  impairment  loss  in  an  asset’s  value.  The  
impairment   test   acts   as   “a   value   control   system”   and   introduces   the   concept   of  
intangible  assets  with  indefinite.  (Busacca  and  Maccarrone  2007,  309)  
 

2.4.1   Accounting  treatment  for  goodwill  under  IFRS  3  


             
The  key  question  concerning  the  accounting  for  business  combinations  is  how  to  
treat  the  difference  between  the  purchase  price  and  the  value  of  the  acquired  entity  
(Schipper   2003,   64).   Before   the   introduction   of   IFRS   3,   goodwill   was   largely  
  31  

measured  as  the  difference  between  the  purchase  price  and  the  book  value  of  the  
acquired  firm’s  equity.  This  is  no  longer  the  case  under  IFRS  3  but  instead,  at  the  
time  of  the  acquisition,  the  management  identifies  specific  intangible  assets  in  the  
acquired   entity   (e.g.   patents,   licenses   or   trademarks)   that   are   to   be   capitalised  
separately.   Depending   on   the   nature   of   these   intangibles,   they   can   be   held  
indefinitely   or   amortised   over   a   maximum   useful   life   in   accordance   with   IAS   36.  
(Hamberg  &  Beisland  2014,  60)  

IFRS   3   tries   to   make   goodwill   a   clearer   accounting   object   and   different   from   its  
predecessor  (IAS  22)  IFRS  3  includes  the  disclosure  of  goodwill  by  requiring  firms  
to   supply   a   qualitative   description   of   the   factors   that   enable   goodwill   to   be  
recognised.  According  to  Brännström  et  al.  (2009,  63)  IFRS  3  can  be  considered  an  
attempt  to  open  the  “black  box”  of  goodwill  and  the  related  accounting.  The  idea  of  
this   standard   is   to   provide   more   information   about   goodwill,   for   example,   the  
expected   synergies   arising   from   combining   operations   or   intangible   assets   that  
cannot   be   recognised   separately   (Giuliani   and   Brännström   2011,   162,   164).   As  
governed   by   IFRS   3,   the   accounting   treatment   of   goodwill   is   one   of   the   most  
complex  issues  in  accounting  due  to  the  difficulty  in  knowing  how  best  to  identify  
and  measure  it.  Indeed,  goodwill  is  an  asset  which,  in  practice,  encompasses  factors  
that  do  not  possess  the  essential  characteristics  of  an  asset  (Johnson  &  Petrone  
1998),  such  as  overvaluing  the  company  purchased  (Sahut  et  al.  2011,  271).                                                      

The  adoption  of  IFRS  3  and  IAS  36  has  had  an  impact  on  goodwill  in  two  ways:  
possible   re-­evaluation   and   the   impairment   test   for   goodwill.   This   re-­evaluation  
should   impact   on   stock   prices   depending   on   the   informative   value.   (Sahut   et   al.  
2011,  271)  Goodwill  accounting  under  IFRS  3  largely  relies  on  managers’  fair  value  
estimation   because   goodwill   arising   from   a   business   combination   is   no   longer  
amortised   but   tested   for   the   impairment   annually   and   whenever   events   or  
circumstances  indicate  that  its  value  may  have  been  impaired.  The  impairment  of  
goodwill  should  be  carried  out  in  accordance  with  IAS  36.  According  to  IAS  36  the  
carrying  amount  of  goodwill  has  to  be  written  down  to  the  extent  of  any  impairment  
  32  

and  the  impairment  loss  should  be  recognised  as  an  expense.  

 
IFRS  3  also  prohibits  the  pooling  of  interests  method,  whose  main  idea  is  that  the  
recognised  assets  of  both  entities  continued  to  be  stated  at  their  book  values  prior  
to  the  business  combination  and  no  recognised  identifiable  assets  were  brought  to  
account.  The  idea  is  that  any  excess  payment  above  allocated  net  assets  has  to  be  
accounted   for   as   goodwill.   The   purchase   price   allocation   has   not   changed  
dramatically   with   the   introduction   of   the   IFRS   3   but   the   demands   regarding   the  
disclosure  of  goodwill  have  become  more  rigorous  and  for  example,  a  qualitative  
description  of  the  factors  in  goodwill  has  to  be  done.  (Giuliani  and  Brännström  2011,  
164)  Instead  of  pooling  method,  IFRS  3  requires  all  business  combinations  within  
its  scope  to  be  accounted  for  using  the  acquisition  method  while  IAS  22  permitted  
the   use   of   both   the   pooling   method   and   purchase   method.   This   choice   allowed  
companies   to   avoid   the   recognition   of   goodwill   by   structuring   a   business  
combination  so  that  it  could  be  classified  as  a  uniting  of  interests.  (Wiese  2005,  106)  
 
The  nature  of  goodwill  is  very  difficult  to  quantify  and  therefore  it  is  difficult  to  find  
an   accurate   method   for   measuring   goodwill.   A   problem   concerning   whether   the  
goodwill  has  been  impaired  is  the  fact  that  goodwill  does  not  produce  any  profit  in  
isolation.   This   problem   exists   because   goodwill   cannot   be   identified   separately.  
Under   IFRS   goodwill   acquired   in   a   business   combination   is   allocated   to   cash  
generating  units  and  an  impairment  loss  is  recognised  for  that  unit  if  its  recoverable  
amount   is   less   than   its   carrying   amount.   After   the   initial   recognition,   the   acquirer  
must  measure  goodwill  at  cost  less  any  accumulated  impairment  losses.  (Wines  et  
al.  2007,  866-­867)  
 
The   underlying   logic   for   removing   the   traditional   amortisation   method   is   that   an  
amortisation   on   a   straight-­line   basis   over   a   set   number   of   years   contains   no  
information   about   future   cash   flows   to   financial   report   users   (Wines   et   al.   2007;;  
Hamberg   &   Beisland   2014,   61).   For   example,   Clinch   (1995)   and   Jennings   et   al.  
(1996)  conclude  that  there  is  too  little  evidence  of  any  association  between  goodwill  
amortisation  and  share  values.  Colquitt  and  Wilson  (2002)  argue  that  impairment  
  33  

test  will  satisfy  the  need  of  analysts  and  the  other  users  of  financial  statements  for  
better   information   about   intangible   assets   as   the   new   treatment   does   not   require  
goodwill  to  be  automatically  written  down  without  any  indication  of  the  decline  in  the  
value   of   goodwill.   According   to   Waxman   (2001)   the   problem   of   the   amortisation  
method   also   relates   to   time   period   estimation   as   an   estimate   of   the   useful   life   of  
goodwill  becomes  less  reliable  as  the  length  of  the  useful  life  increases.  
 
Amortization  allows  companies  to  both  apportion  the  cost  of  purchasing  the  goodwill  
over  its  useful  lifespan  (reflecting  consumption  of  future  economic  benefits),  and  to  
make   its   value   progressively   disappear   from   the   balance   sheet.   However,   the  
amortization  of  goodwill  also  implies:    
•   a  systematic  depreciation  of  goodwill  as  well  as  a  finite  useful  life;;    
•   a  book  value  for  goodwill  which  has  no  relation  to  the  economic  value  of  the  
company  (Jennings  et  al.  1996);;    
•   and  goodwill  depreciation,  which  does  not  really  represent  the  loss  of  value  
of  the  latter  (Henning  et  al.  2000)  
 
Under  IFRS  and  US  GAAP  accounting  the  majority  of  the  intangibles  identified  in  
connection   with   business   combinations   are   subjected   to   systematic   amortisation  
and   goodwill   and   other   certain   assets   are   subjected   to   impairment   test   at   least  
annually.  Due  to  this  fact,  goodwill  is  recognised  with  very  high  magnitudes  because  
impairment  test  will  reduce  future  expenditures  to  be  recognised  and  present  higher  
post-­acquisitions   earnings   per   share.   (Shalev   2009,   240)   The   other   possible  
explanation   for   why   goodwill   is   highly   recognised   comparing   to   other   identifiable  
intangible   assets   arising   from   business   combinations   are   the   difficulties   and   the  
costs   related   to   identification   and   the   lack   of   reliable   measurement   of   many  
intangibles.  Goodwill  is  subjected  to  impairment  test  and  hence,  goodwill  accounts  
the  majority  of  the  acquisition  cost  as  this  reduces  future  expenditures.  This  will  also  
improve   the   future   performance   of   the   acquirer   allowing   present   higher   post-­
acquisition   earnings.   (Watts   2003;;   Riedl   2004;;   Beatty   &   Weber   2006;;   Ramanna  
2008;;  Hayn  &  Hughes  2006;;  Hamberg  et  al.  2011)    
 
  34  

Hamberg   et   al.   (2011)   have   examined   the   effects   of   IFRS   3   adoption   in   their  
Swedish   sample   by   choosing   companies,   which   have   adopted   IFRS   before   the  
mandatory  adoption  in  2005.  They  find  that  after  the  adoption  of  IFRS  3  reported  
earnings  increased  as  a  consequence  of  abolished  goodwill  amortisations  and  the  
reported   goodwill   amounts   have   also   increased   substantially   from   2003   to   2007.  
The   increase   is   caused   partly   by   a   higher   acquisition   activity   and   partly   by   the  
abandonment  of  goodwill  amortisations.  So  far,  this  abandonment  has  not  resulted  
in  increased  goodwill  impairments.  
 
According   to   Carvalho   et   al.   (2012,   169)   companies   do   not   undertake   sufficient  
efforts  to  measure  intangible  assets  acquired  in  a  business  combination,  such  as  
IFRS   3   guides.   They   argue   that   companies’   attitude   to   be   reluctant   to   record  
intangibles  in  the  balance  sheet  can  be  explained  by  difficulties  and  costs  related  to  
the   identification   of   intangibles   and   the   lack   of   reliable   measurement   of   many  
intangible  assets.  Goodwill  continues  to  be  recognised  with  high  magnitudes  and  
the   value   of   identifiable   intangible   assets   in   turn   is   very   low.   They   conclude   that  
there  is  a  lack  of  effort  of  separate  identification  and  disclosure  of  intangible  assets  
acquired  in  a  business  combination.  
 
Forbes   (2007)   has   examined   the   application   of   IFRS   3   in   the   FTSE   100   for  
acquisitions  in  the  first  year  of  adopting  IFRS  3.  The  results  showed  that  over  half  
(£21   billion)   of   the   acquisition   amount   (£40   billion)   was   accounted   into   goodwill  
without  an  explanation  regarding  what  this  £21  billion  represented.  Shalev  (2009)  
has  investigated  business  combinations  made  by  nonfinancial  S&P  500  companies  
and  consummated  in  2001-­2004  and  find  that  the  median  portion  of  the  purchase  
price  allocated  to  the  goodwill  is  60  percent.  
 
An  industry  study  made  by  KPMG  in  2011  shows  that  the  percentage  allocation  of  
purchase  price  to  goodwill  (median)  in  entertainment  and  media  sector  has  been  
57,2  percent.  The  study  also  reveals  that  the  entertainment  and  media  industry  has  
been  one  of  the  industries  showing  the  highest  percentage  allocation  of  purchase  
price   to   intangible   assets   (43,5   percent).   The   entertainment   and   media   sector  
include  the  print  and  publishing  and  film,  television  and  broadcasting  sectors.  The  
  35  

main   intangible   assets   in   the   print   and   publishing   sector   are   customer-­related  
intangible   assets   (38,0   percent)   and   marketing   related   intangible   assets   (27,5  
percent).   In   the   film,   television   and   broadcasting   sector   marketing   related  
intangibles  are  the  most  important  (14,3  percent).  (KPMG  2010)  
 

2.4.2   Fair  value  accounting  of  acquired  intangible  assets  


 
In  recent  years  several  accounting  standards,  including  IFRS  3,  have  been  issued  
to   replace   the   historical   cost   approach   with   fair   value   measures   and   providing  
management   more   discretion   to   determine   fair   values   of   the   assets   for   which   an  
actual  market  does  not  exist  (Hamberg  et  al.  2011),  and  the  underlying  motivation  
behind  the  fair  value  accounting  is  the  increased  relevance  and  usability  of  financial  
statements  (Lhaopadchan  2010,  121,  125).  According  to  Hitz  (2007)  the  intention  of  
fair   value-­based   measures   is   to   increase   the   decision   usefulness   of   accounting  
information.  He  concludes  that  fair  value  accounting  provides  useful  information  for  
decision-­making.  Benston  (2008,  102)  notes  that  the  “eventual  adoption  of  fair  value  
for   all   assets   and   liabilities   accords   with   the   shift   towards   a   balance   sheet   rather  
than  an  income  statement  approach  to  financial  reporting”.  
 
IFRS  defines  a  fair  value  as  “The  amount  for  which  an  asset  could  be  exchanged,  
or   a   liability   settled,   between   knowledgeable,   willing   parties   in   an   arm’s   length  
transaction.”   In   accordance   with   IFRS   3   if   an   intangible   asset   is   acquired   in   a  
business  combination,  the  cost  of  that  intangible  asset  is  its  fair  value  fair  value  at  
the  acquisition  date.  (European  Commission  2011,  13)  The  nature  of  intangibles  is  
uncertain  comparing  to  tangibles  and  when  estimating  the  fair  value  of  an  intangible  
asset,  there  are  several  possible  outcomes  with  different  probabilities  reflecting  the  
degree  of  uncertainty.  IFRS  13  provides  requirements  for  fair  value  measurement.  
 
Accounting   standard   setters   around   the   world   have   issued   standards,   which  
requires  the  recognition  of  balance  sheet  numbers  at  fair  value  and  changes  in  their  
fair  value  in  income  statement.  Many  balance  sheet  amounts  have  also  been  made  
subject   to   partial   application   of   fair   value   rules,   which   depend   on   various   ad-­hoc  
circumstances,   e.g.   goodwill   impairments.   Accounting   standards   have   changed  
  36  

significantly  over  the  past  decade  and  an  increasing  emphasis  on  reporting  assets  
at  fair  values  (predominantly  the  current  market  price  of  an  asset)  is  now  relevant  
with  intangible  assets.  The  mandatory  adoption  of  IFRS,  especially  the  adoption  of  
IFRS  3  and  IAS  38,  has  pushed  the  use  of  fair  value-­based  numbers.  Comparing  
fair  value  accounting  to  the  historical  cost  alternative,  the  reliability  and  relevance  of  
fair   value-­based   accounting   numbers   will   be   maximised   when   the   assets   are  
actively   traded   in   liquid   markets.   The   possibility   for   using   fair   values   is   greatly  
reduced  when  assets  are  rarely  traded,  they  are  too  complex  and/or  when  they  are  
difficult  to  identify  separately.  (Landsman  2007,  19;;  Lhaopadchan  2010,  121)  This  
is   particularly   true   for   intangible   assets   for   which   obtaining   reliable   estimates   of  
future  value  can  be  problematic  because  no  ready  market  exists  for  many  of  these  
assets  (Holthausen  &  Watts  2001;;  Gu  &  Wang  2005,  1674).  
 
IAS  38  includes  some  special  guidelines  for  business  combinations  regarding  fair  
value  measurement;;  there  is  a  presumption  that  the  fair  value  (and  the  cost)  of  an  
intangible  asset  acquired  in  a  business  combination  can  be  measured  reliably.  In  
accordance   with   IFRS   3,   the   cost   of   an   intangible   asset   acquired   in   a   business  
combination  is  its  fair  value  at  the  acquisition  date.  The  fair  value  of  an  intangible  
asset  reflects  the  expectations  about  the  probability  of  the  expected  future  economic  
benefits   of   an   intangible   asset   that   will   flow   to   the   entity   despite   the   possible  
uncertainty  and  timing  of  the  inflow.  (European  Commission  2010,  8)  
 

The  basic  idea  of  fair  value  accounting  is  that  if  observable  prices  are  not  available  
from   an   active   market,   current   accounting   standards   allow   the   reporting   entity   to  
estimate  the  value  of  an  asset.  The  increased  management  discretion  is  much  more  
relevant  when  estimating  the  value  of  intangible  assets  than  the  value  of  tangible  
assets.  One  of  the  key  issues  is  whether  fair  values  of  financial  statement  items  can  
be  measured  reliably,  and  especially  for  those  items  which  active  markets  do  not  
exist.   The   move   from   historical   cost   accounting   to   fair   value   accounting   implies  
increased   management   discretion   when   valuing   assets.   (Landsman   2007,   19-­20;;  
Lhaopadchan  2010,  121)  Rees  et  al.  (1996)  highlight  that  managerial  estimation  of  
fair   value   is   likely   to   determine   the   amount   of   an   asset’s   impairment   due   to   the  
  37  

absence  of  quoted  market  prices  for  many  firm-­specific  assets  and  the  calculation  
of   impairment   may   be   subject   to   manipulation   and   unreliable   due   to   the  
management’s  estimation.  Still,  they  conclude  that  the  write-­down  is  an  appropriate  
response  by  management  to  the  changes  in  the  firm's  economic  environment.    

Lhaopadchan   (2010)   examine   whether   since   the   introduction   of   fair   value  


accounting,   particularly   in   terms   of   the   treatment   of   acquired   goodwill   shown   on  
consolidated   balance   sheet,   criticism   on   financial   statements   do   not   adequately  
reflect  the  value  of  intangible  assets  and  thus  provide  misleading  information  to  the  
financial  statement  users.  Comparing  to  the  historical  cost  alternative,  the  relevance  
and   reliability   of   fair   value   accounting   numbers   is   maximised   when   the   assets  
concerned  are  actively  traded  in  liquid  markets  and  therefore  current  market  prices  
are  available.  The  problems  of  using  fair  value  emerge  when  the  assets  are  rarely  
traded,  too  complex  or  they  are  difficult  to  identify  separately  and  this  is  the  case  of  
post-­acquisition  goodwill.  Goodwill  is  relatively  easy  to  observe  at  the  time  of  the  
acquisition   but   the   post-­acquisition   changes   are   much   more   difficult   because   the  
value  of  goodwill  after  the  acquisition  is  not  allowed  to  increase  and  only  impairment  
tests   are   carried   out.   As   goodwill   impairments   are   not   based   on   actively   traded  
market  prices  the  likelihood  of  opportunistic  behavior  increases.  (Li  &  Sloan  2012;;  
Ramanna   &   Watts   2012).   Lhaopadchan   (2010)   finds   that   despite   the   presumed  
benefits   of   fair   value   accounting,   earnings   management   seem   to   motivate  
recognition  of  acquired  goodwill  and  impairment  decisions  but  also  states  that  this  
may  not  necessary  mislead  the  investors  or  reduce  the  value  relevance  or  reliability.  
 
According  to  IAS  38  the  quoted  prices  in  an  active  market  provide  the  most  reliable  
estimate  of  the  fair  value  of  an  intangible  asset.  The  current  bid  price  is  usually  the  
appropriate  market  price  but  if  current  bid  prices  are  not  available,  the  price  of  the  
most  recent  similar  transactions  provide  a  basis  from  which  to  estimate  a  fair  value.  
However,   it   has   to   be   taken   into   account   that   there   have   not   been   significant  
changes  in  economic  circumstances  between  the  transaction  date  and  the  asset’s  
fair  value  estimation  date.  (European  Commission  2010,  9)  
 
  38  

IAS  38  also  requires  that  when  there  is  no  active  market  for  an  intangible  asset,  the  
fair  value  of  the  asset  is  the  amount  of  the  entity  would  have  paid  for  the  asset  at  
the   acquisition   date   in   an   arm’s   length   transaction   with   the   best   information  
available.  To  determine  this  amount,  an  entity  should  consider  the  outcome  of  recent  
transactions  for  similar  assets.  Companies  purchasing  intangible  assets  may  have  
developed  own  techniques  for  estimating  their  fair  values  indirectly.  Entities  can  use  
these   techniques   for   the   initial   measurement   of   an   intangible   asset   acquired   in   a  
business  combination  if  the  objective  is  to  estimate  the  fair  value  and  they  reflect  
the  current  transactions  and  practices  in  the  certain  industry.  The  techniques  can  
include,  for  example,  discounting  the  estimated  future  net  cash  flows  from  the  asset  
or  estimating  the  costs  the  entity  avoids  when  it  owns  an  intangible  asset.  (European  
Commission  2010,  9)  
 
Schipper  (2005)  notes  that  reported  results  are  likely  to  have  a  higher  volatility  when  
using   fair   value   measurements.   Landsman   (2007)   concludes   that   disclosed   and  
recognised  fair  values  are  informative  and  investors  do  benefit  from  fair  value-­based  
accounting  numbers.  He  also  finds  that  earnings  are  more  volatile  under  fair  value  
accounting   due   to   the   fact   that   fair   value-­based   numbers   better   reflect   the   the  
changing  market  situations.  
 
The  reliability  of  fair  values  has  been  subject  to  criticism  and  this  is  especially  the  
case  with  intangible  assets.  Bart  and  Landsman  (1995)  examine  the  fundamental  
issues  related  to  using  fair  value  accounting  for  financial  reporting.  They  conclude  
that   in   case   of   perfect   and   complete   markets,   the   fair   value   accounting   would  
provide  the  best  solution  but  in  the  case  of  more  realistic  market  assumptions,  fair  
value  accounting  is  problematic  because  it  includes  three  concepts,  exit  and  entry  
values  and  value-­in-­use,  that  are  not  fully  understood  and  require  the  management  
to   estimate   these   values.   Penman   (2007)   critises   the   fair   value   accounting   and  
reminds   that   the   balance   sheet   focus,   which   has   increased   due   to   the   fair   value  
numbers,  is  not  necessary  for  the  asset  valuation  because  we  also  have  an  income  
statement.  
 
  39  

As  a  conclusion  the  fair  value  accounting  and  fair-­value-­based  accounting  numbers  


increase  transparency  and  comparability  across  countries  and  results  in  improved  
value-­relevance   and   reliability   of   financial   statements   but   this   is   true   only   if   the  
market  for  the  asset  exists  and  this  is  the  problem  concerning  intangible  assets  in  
many  cases.  Using  fair  values  gives  more  discretion  to  managers  but  at  the  same  
time  it  reduces  information  asymmetry  between  stakeholders  (and  investors)  and  
managers  and  gives  management  a  possibility  to  convey  information  to  the  market.    
   

2.4.3   Disclosures  related  to  intangible  assets  and  goodwill  


 
Business  combinations  are  among  the  largest  items  in  the  companies’  investment  
activities   and   the   magnitude   of   business   combinations   makes   the   disclosure   on  
them  extremely  important  (Shalev  20909,  241).  Financial  statements  are  among  the  
most  important  channels  to  disclose  financial  information.  Disclosure  is  important  
because   it   influences   the   behavior   of   the   investor   and   supports   economic   and  
investment  decisions.  (Devalle  &  Rizzato  2013,  12)  Disclosure  requirements  under  
IFRS   3   are   quite   extensive   and   they   include   information   about   e.g.   details   of  
business  combinations  and  goodwill,  recognised  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  fair  
values.   Disclosure   requirements   under   IFRS   3   can   be   divided   into   three   areas:  
general   objectives   of   the   disclosure   requirements,   business   combinations   that  
require   disclosures   and   minimum   disclosure   requirements.   The   expanded  
disclosures   related   to   IFRS   3   is   expected   to   enhance   transparency   and   provide  
users  more  useful  information  about  business  combinations.  
 
One  of  the  advantages  of  IFRS  3  related  to  the  disclosure  requirements  is  that  this  
standard   tries   to   make   new   intangible   assets   arising   on   a   business   combination  
more  visible  and  make  goodwill  clearer  asset  to  interpret.  (Giuliani  and  Brännström  
2011,  164;;  Brännström  et  al.  2009,  66)  According  to  IFRS  3  “An  acquirer  is  required  
to  disclose  information  that  enables  users  of  its  financial  statements  to  evaluate  the  
nature  and  financial  effect  of  a  business  combination  that  occurs  either  during  the  
current   reporting   period   or   after   the   end   of   the   period   but   before   the   financial  
statements  are  authorised  for  issue.”.  Among  the  disclosures  related  to  goodwill  and  
intangible  assets  required  by  IFRS  3  are  a  description  of  the  factors  that  make  up  
  40  

the  goodwill  recognised  and  a  qualitative  description  of  the  factors  that  make  up  the  
goodwill   recognised,   such   as   expected   synergies   from   combining   operations,  
intangible  assets  that  do  not  qualify  for  separate  recognition.  
 
Along  IFRS  3  the  demands  of  disclosure  have  also  become  more  rigorous  and  some  
intangible   assets   previously   categorised   within   goodwill   must   be   now   separately  
identified  and  valued.  This  allows  new  intangibles  to  be  recognised  and  due  to  this  
the   amount   of   goodwill   should   decrease.   In   addition,   the   reporting   of   a   business  
combination  should  be  done  in  a  purchase  analysis,  which  is  presented  in  the  notes  
of  the  financial  statements.  IFRS  3  specifies  that  intangible  assets  identified  at  the  
date  of  the  acquisition,  and  as  a  result  an  acquirer  should  measure  the  value  of  the  
acquired  company  by  recognising  assets,  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities  at  the  
fair  values  and  disclose  these  values  in  a  purchase  analysis.  According  to  IFRS  3  a  
purchase  analysis  should  be  disclosed  if  the  acquisition  is  significant  to  the  acquirer.  
New   disclosure   regulations   under   IFRS   3   help   companies   to   better   allocate   the  
purchase  price  and  the  appendix  of  IFRS  3  offers  a  list  of  examples  of  intangible  
assets  which  meet  the  definition  of  an  intangible  asset  and  should  be  recognised.  
(Brännström  and  Giuliani  2009,  70;;  Brännström  et  al.  2009,  66)  Since  the  disclosure  
of  each  item  is  subject  to  materiality  constraint,  the  magnitude  of  disclosure  is  left  to  
managerial   discretion   and   this   may   somehow   complicate   the   evaluation   of   the  
completeness  of  disclosure  (Shalev  2009,  242).  This  also  relates  to  the  fair  value  
accounting.  
 
Brännström  and  Giuliani  (2009)  examine  how  many  and  what  intangibles  firms  from  
two  different  contexts  disclose  and  find  that  despite  the  idea  of  IFRS  3  to  harmonise  
accounting  for  intangibles  acquired  in  a  business  combinations  firms  do  not  disclose  
intangibles  in  the  same  way.  However,  they  examine  only  one  fiscal  year  because  
the  mandatory  disclosure  was  available  for  one  year  at  the  date  of  the  study  so  the  
evidence   does   not   seem   very   strong.   Brännström   et   al.   (2009)   examine   the  
construction  of  intellectual  capital  arising  on  business  combinations.  They  find  that  
acquired  intangibles  are  value  relevant  but  still,  most  of  the  intangible  assets  are  
accounted   into   goodwill   and   the   variety   of   acquired   identifiable   intangible   assets  
disclosed  is  big.  They  find  two  possible  reasons  for  this  big  variety:  intangible  assets  
  41  

are  firm-­specific  and  it  is  not  required  to  find  a  fixed  way  to  disclose  intangibles  or  
the  companies  may  also  rely  that  stakeholders  understand  these  disclosures.  
 

Shalev   (2009)   have   examined   the   causes   and   effects   of   business   combinations’  
disclosure  level.  The  sample  consists  of  830  individual  acquisition  observations,  and  
80   percent   disclosed   the   acquired   goodwill   but   only   13   percent   of   the   acquirers  
disclosed   the   factors,   which   contributed   to   a   purchase   price   resulted   in   the  
recognition   of   goodwill.   In   43   percent   of   the   business   combinations,   acquirers  
disclosed  separately  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  and  in  34  percent  
of  the  cases,  acquirers  disclosed  the  purchase  price  allocation.  Shalev  (2009)  finds  
that  disclosure  level  decreases  with  the  abnormal  levels  of  purchase  price  allocated  
to   goodwill   because   abnormal   goodwill   can   be   related   to   the   overpayment   or  
overstatement  of  goodwill  resulting  in  increased  post-­acquisition  earnings.  

Hayn  and  Hughes  (2006)  argue  that  investors  need  more  detailed  information  about  
business   combinations   under   US   GAAP.   They   examine   whether   financial  
disclosures   on   acquired   entities   allow   investors   to   effectively   predict   goodwill  
impairment.  This  has  become  more  important  due  to  the  abolishment  of  goodwill  
amortisation.  Certain  acquisition  characteristics  such  as  the  premium  paid  and  the  
percentage  of  the  purchase  price  allocated  to  goodwill,  appear  to  contribute  more  
to  the  prediction  of  goodwill  write-­offs  than  the  available  disclosures  on  the  acquired  
entity  in  the  years  subsequent  to  the  acquisition.  The  disclosure  requirements  under  
US  GAAP  are  very  similar  to  the  IFRS  disclosure  requirements.  

2.5   Theoretical  evidence  for  using  IFRS  accounting  for  business  combinations  
 
Advocates  of  the  IFRS-­based  approach  to  goodwill  accounting  point  to  a  range  of  
putative  benefits  associated  with  the  adoption  of  an  impairment  testing  approach  to  
goodwill   accounting   and   reporting,   including   evidence   of   the   improved   value  
relevance   of   impairment   losses   as   compared   to   annual   amortisation   charges.   As  
already  discussed  in  the  earlier  chapters,  the  reason  for  the  abolishment  of  goodwill  
amortisations  is  that  they  do  not  convey  relevant  information  to  the  market  but  still,  
  42  

the   majority   of   national   GAAP   systems   guide   that   goodwill   should   be   amortised.  
Schipper   (2003,   64)   states   that   there   should   be   only   one   permissible   accounting  
treatment  for  business  combinations  and  agrees  the  relevance  of  purchase  method  
instead  of  pooling  method.  According  to  her,  goodwill  should  be  recognised  at  fair  
value  on  the  date  of  a  business  combination  and  be  subject  to  periodic  impairment  
testing  rather  than  automatic  amortisation.  
 
Those   who   criticise   IFRS   impairment   approach   is   pointing   at   the   number   of  
problems  associated  with  impairment  testing  regime  and  fair  value  accounting  for  
intangible  assets.  A  major  criticism  of  fair  value  accounting  and  goodwill  impairment  
test  are  the  increased  management  discretion  and  accounting  biases  related  to  fair  
values  (e.g.  Ramanna  2008;;  Riedl,  2004;;  Beatty  &  Weber  2006)  Chen  et  al.  (2006)  
remind  about  the  lack  of  evidence  that  earnings  are  more  value  relevant  under  the  
present  regime  than  under  the  previous  capitalise  and  amortise  regime.  Impairment  
test  allows  the  management  more  discretion  due  to  the  fair  value  accounting  and  
impairment   test   and   may   lead   to   manipulations   of   accounting   numbers   and  
earnings.  Accounting  conservatism  closely  relates  to  the  management  discretion  so  
it  is  examined  briefly  to  support  the  use  of  IFRS  instead  of  local  accounting  systems  
which  are  more  conservative  and  prefer  conservatism.  
 

2.5.1   Accounting  conservatism  


 
The  adoption  of  IFRS  accounting  have  increased  management  discretion  due  to  the  
introduction   of   impairment   test   and   fair   value-­based   numbers.   The   purpose   of  
conservative   accounting   system   is   to   ensure   that   assets   are   not   overstated   and  
accounting   conservatism   usually   means   that   bad   news   will   reflect   earnings   more  
quickly  than  good  news  (Basu,  1997,  3).  Consequently,  this  reduces  management  
discretion  and  the  managers’  opportunities  to  introduce  biases  (e.g.  Watts,  2003;;  
LaFond  &  Watts,  2008),  and  it  also  reduces  managers’  ability  to  manipulate  earnings  
(Chen  et  al.  2007).  

Conservatism  accounting  means  choosing  accounting  methods  and  estimates  that  


keep   balance   sheet   amounts   relatively   low   and   in   conservative   accounting,  
  43  

intangible  expenditures  are  rather  expensed  than  capitalised  in  the  balance  sheet.  
Conservative  accounting  affects  the  quality  of  the  numbers  reported  on  the  balance  
sheet  and  the  quality  of  earnings  reported  on  the  income  statement  and  may  reduce  
the   quality   of   accounting   information.   When   a   company   makes   investments,  
conservative   accounting   leads   to   the   situation   where   reported   earnings   are  
significantly  lower  than  they  would  have  been  if  the  management  would  have  had  
more  discretion  to  make  more  liberal  choices.    (Penman  &  Zhang  2002,  238-­239,  
263)    

According   to   Lev   et   al.   (2005,   981)   no   accounting   system   applied   can   be  


conservative   or   aggressive   forever.   They   argue   that   if   reported   earnings   under  
conservative   accounting   are   undestated   during   some   periods,   they   will   be  
overstated   in   other   periods.   US   GAAP   treats   certain   intangible   assets   very  
conservatively  and  this  has  led  to  the  situation  where  balance  sheet  amounts  have  
been  distorted  for  decades  and  the  differences  between  market  values  and  book  
values  have  continuously  increased.  (Givoly  &  Hayn  2002,  71)  

All   accounting   systems   exhibit   conservatism   to   some   degree   and   the   choice  
between  conservative  accounting  and  management  discretion  is  not  simple  due  to  
the   many   problems   related   to   the   increased   management   discretion.   As   already  
discussed   in   the   earlier   chapters,   IAS   38   prohibits   to   recognise   many   intangible  
assets  in  the  balance  sheet  due  to  that  they  do  not  meet  the  recognition  criteria.  
However,  an  interesting  fact  is  that  all  the  acquired  intangibles  can  be  recognised  
in   the   acquirer’s   balance   sheet   and   this   reduces   the   comparability   between   the  
companies  for  sure.  

2.5.2   The  effects  of  the  adoption  of  IFRS  on  the  value-­‐relevance  of  intangible  assets  
 
There  are  many  reasons  for  why  over  100  countries  have  already  adopted  or  are  
about  to  adopt  IFRS  in  the  near  future.  IFRS  is  considered  to  provide  better  quality  
and  it  is  more  comprehensive  than  local  accounting  standards  and  make  financial  
reporting  more  comparable  and  providing  more  useful  for  investors  when  comparing  
companies  across  markets  and  countries  and  also  improves  transparency.  Daske  
  44  

et   al.   (2008)   provide   evidence   on   the   positive   economic   consequences   of   the  


mandatory   IFRS   reporting   in   26   countries   around   the   world,   e.g.   an   increased  
market  liquidity  and  a  decrease  in  firm’s  cost  of  capital.  The  results  are  also  different  
depending  on  the  country  and  this  is  why  the  value-­relevance  is  examined  from  the  
perspective  of  different  countries.  
 
Many   studies   (e.g.   Barth   et   al.   2008;;   Devalle   et   al.   2010;;   Schipper   2005)   have  
reported  that  adoption  of  IFRS  standards  improve  informative  content  of  accounting  
data  and  quality.  For  example,  Barth  et  al.  (2008)  find  that  firms  adopting  IFRS  have  
less  earnings  management,  more  timely  loss  recognition  and  more  value  relevant  
earnings   and   accounting   information   comparing   to   those   firms   that   do   not   apply  
IFRS.  They  also  examine  whether  the  application  of  IFRS  is  associated  with  higher  
accounting   quality.   They   investigate   a   broad   sample   of   firms   in   21   countries   that  
adopted  IFRS  between  1994  and  2003.  Devalle  et  al.  (2010)  findings  are  consistent  
with  Barth  et  al.  (2008)  as  they  examine  whether  the  value  relevance  of  accounting  
information  increases  following  the  introduction  of  IFRS  for  listed  companies  in  five  
EU  countries  (Germany,  Spain,  France,  the  UK  and  Italy)  for  the  period  2002-­2007  
using  regression  analysis.  Horton  and  Serafeim  (2010)  find  that  IFRS  provide  timely  
value  relevant  information.  They  also  state  that  goodwill  impairments  provide  new  
value-­relevant  information  to  the  market.  

Jermakowicz  et  al.  (2007)  examines  DAX-­30  companies  which  have  adopted  IFRS  
and  the  results  suggest  that  the  value  relevance  of  earnings  relative  to  the  market  
prices  increases  after  the  companies  adopted  IFRS.  Despite  some  problems,  e.g.  
costly   and   complex   implementation   of   IFRS,   the   greater   comparability   and  
transparency   are   expected.   Oliveira   et   al.   (2010)   assess   the   value   relevance   of  
reported  identifiable  intangible  assets  and  goodwill  of  non-­finance  companies  listed  
in  Portuguese  Stock  Exchange  from  1998-­2008.  A  key  interest  of  the  study  is  the  
adoption  of  IAS  38  and  IFRS  3  due  to  the  introduction  of  goodwill  impairment  regime  
and   new   more   prudent   intangible   assets   recognition   requirements.   They   find   a  
positive  effect  on  the  value  relevance  of  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  after  
the   adoption   of   IFRS   even   though   they   find   no   change   in   the   value   relevance   of  
intangible  assets  as  a  whole.  According  to  them,  the  conservative  nature  of  IFRS  
  45  

related  the  recognition  of  some  intangible  assets  is  the  reason  for  why  the  value-­
relevance  of  intangible  assets  as  a  whole  has  not  increased.  

Some  studies  have  found  that  the  value  relevance  of  other  intangible  assets  seems  
to   have   been   decreasing   as   IFRS   introduced   more   prudent   intangible   asset  
recognition   requirements.   For   example,   Chalmers   et   al.   (2008),   consistent   with  
Oliveira   et   al.   (2010),   find   that   the   change   from   Australian   GAAP   to   IFRS   has  
increased  the  value  relevance  of  goodwill  but  not  the  value-­relevance  of  identifiable  
intangible  assets.  They  find  evidence  that  IFRS  conveys  value-­relevant  information  
about  goodwill  because  of  the  introduction  of  the  impairment  test  and  the  reason  
why   identifiable   intangible   assets   have   become   less   value   relevant   after   the  
adoption  of  IFRS  is  because  some  identifiable  intangible  assets,  such  as  brands,  
are  not  recognised  under  IFRS.  

Wines  et  al.  (2007)  examine  the  impacts  of  new  accounting  treatment  for  purchased  
goodwill  when  the  impairment  test  has  replaced  the  goodwill  amortisations.  They  
find  that  from  a  balance  sheet  perspective,  the  advantage  of  the  impairment  testing  
is  that  the  valuation  of  goodwill  is  closer  to  a  real  assessment  of  asset  value  and,  
from   an   income   statement   perspective,   a   recognition   of   a   loss   as   a   result   of   an  
impairment  of  goodwill  is  more  aligned  to  a  real  economic  decline  in  the  value  of  
goodwill.  However,  they  remind  that  the  identification  and  valuation  of  goodwill  and  
cash-­generating  units  require  numerous  assumptions  to  be  made  in  estimating  fair  
value,   value   in   use   and   recoverable   amount   so   there   this   make   opportunistic  
behavior  possible.  (Wines  et  al.  2007,  868)  
 
Gjerde   et   al.   (2008)   examine   the   adoption   of   IFRS   in   Norway   and   find   only   little  
evidence   of   the   increased   value   relevance   under   IFRS   than   national   GAAP.  
However,  they  find  that  the  reasons  for  the  little  increase  in  value-­relevance  are  the  
goodwill  impairment  test  instead  of  amortisation  and  that  more  assets  are  measured  
at   fair   values.   Their   findings   are   also   consistent   with   the   view   that   capitalising  
intangibles  is  more  relevant  than  expensing  them  as  incurred  or  through  goodwill  
amortisations.  
 
  46  

Sahut  et  al.  (2011)  examine  the  transition  to  IFRS  in  Europe  and,  in  particular,  the  
impact   of   IAS   38   and   IFRS   3   on   the   quality   of   financial   information   on   intangible  
assets  employing  multivariate  regression  models  for  the  sample  of  1855  European  
listed   companies   from   2002   to   2007.   They   find   that   investors   in   Europe   are  
considering   that   financial   information   conveyed   by   capitalised   goodwill   is   less  
relevant  under  IFRS  than  local  GAAP  despite  the  impairment  test  better  reflect  the  
value   of   goodwill   and   firm’s   economic   situation.   According   to   them,   identified  
intangibles  capitalised  in  the  balance  sheet  provide  more  value-­relevant  information  
for  shareholders  under  IFRS  than  unidentified  intangibles  transferred  into  goodwill.  
According   to   Sahut   et   al.   these   findings   prove   that   investors   in   Europe   have  
understood   the   capitalisation   of   intangible   assets   rather   than   recording   them   as  
expenditures.   These   findings   also   relate   to   the   claims   that   IFRS   may   not   have  
increased   the   relevance   of   identifiable   intangible   assets   due   to   the   recognition  
criteria,   which   force   the   companies   to   recognise   some   intangible   assets   into  
goodwill  in  business  combinations.  
 
The  recent  study  of  Ji  and  Lu  (2014)  investigates  both  value  relevance  and  reliability  
of  intangible  asset,  including  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets,  in  the  pre-­  and  
post-­adoption  periods  of  IFRS  in  Australia  between  2001-­2009.  The  main  result  of  
their  study  shows  that  capitalised  intangible  assets  are  value-­relevant  in  both  pre-­  
and  post-­adoption  of  IFRS  and  that  the  value-­relevance  is  higher  in  firms  with  more  
reliable  information  about  intangibles  in  the  post-­adoption  period  of  IFRS.  However,  
the  positive  relationship  between  the  value-­relevance  and  reliability  of  intangibles  
has  not  changed  in  the  post-­adoption  period  so  this  also  indicate  that  the  adoption  
of  fair  value  accounting  has  not  reduced  the  value  reliability.  
 
Busacca   and   Maccarrone   (2007)   examine   whether   and   how   IFRS   improves   the  
quality  of  accounting  information  concerning  intangible  assets  arising  on  business  
acquisitions   and   intangibles   with   an   indefinite   useful   life   using   case   study.   The  
accounting   quality   is   measured   through   four   parameters,   which   are   correctness,  
transparency,   prudence   and   timeliness.   They   find   that   the   quality   has   improved  
measured   with   transparency   and   correctness   while   prudence   and   timeliness  
remained   almost   unchanged.   Hamberg   and   Beisland   (2014)   study   the   effects   of  
  47  

changes  in  accounting  treatment  for  business  combinations,  and  especially  goodwill  
accounting,  under  IFRS  on  the  value  relevance  of  accounting  information  in  Europe.  
Their  results  show  that  goodwill  amortisations  were  not  value  relevant  prior  to  IFRS  
3  and  that  goodwill  balances  are  positively  associated  with  stock  prices  in  both  the  
Swedish  GAAP  and  IFRS  periods.  It  is  also  interesting  that  goodwill  impairments  
seem  to  be  value-­relevant  under  Swedish  GAAP  but  not  under  IFRS.  However,  they  
provide  evidence  that  the  increased  management  discretion  is  not  the  reason  for  
this   because   management   could   have   behaved   opportunistically   also   before   the  
adoption  of  impairment  test  but  they  just  did  not  see  goodwill  accounting  for  a  tool  
to  manage  earnings  when  amortisation  kept  book  value  of  goodwill  low.  The  reason  
for  why  goodwill  impairments  are  not  value  relevant  under  IFRS  in  Sweden  is  rather  
related  to  the  institutional  factors  because  Swedish  GAAP  allowed  both  impairment  
and  amortisations.  
 

2.5.3   The  value  relevance  of  goodwill  impairments  and  fair  values  
 
Accounting   for   business   combinations   have   changed   significantly   since   the  
introduction   of   IFRS   3.   One   of   the   major   changes   of   IFRS   for   the   accounting  
treatment   for   business   combinations   is   the   introduction   of   impairment   test   for  
goodwill   and   intangible   assets   with   an   indefinite   useful   life.   The   impairment  
approach  was  introduced  by  the  IASB  with  the  intention  to  improve  the  information  
content   of   reported   acquired   goodwill   and   provide   the   financial   statement   users  
value-­relevant  information  that  more  closely  reflects  the  underlying  economic  value  
of  goodwill.    
 

Prior  studies  related  to  goodwill  amortisations  have  provided  empirical  evidence  that  
systematic   amortisation   of   goodwill   over   its   useful   life   fails   to   provide   useful  
information  to  the  users  of  the  financial  statements  and  making  it  harder  for  investors  
to  use  the  earnings  to  predict  future  profitability  (e.g.  Jennings  et  al.  2001;;  Moehrle  
et   al.   2001).   Moehrle   et   al.   (2001)   find   little   evidence   that   goodwill   amortisation  
contains   value-­relevant   information   and   argue   that   the   disclosures   related   to   the  
  48  

amortisations  were  not  decision-­useful,  thereby  supporting  the  FASB’s  choice  of  the  
impairment  test  for  goodwill.  

 
With  regard  to  goodwill  amortisation,  US-­focused  studies  dominate  as  the  changes  
to  reporting  methods  precede  those  in  Europe.  For  example,  Chen  et  al.  (2004)  find  
evidence  of  increased  value  relevance  as  the  result  of  adopting  impairment  testing  
in  SFAS  142  and  the  reported  goodwill  after  the  deduction  of  impairments  provides  
more  value  relevant  information.  Also  studies  by  Henning  et  al.  (2000)  and  Hirschey  
and   Richardson   (2002)   show   the   relevance   of   impairment   tests   on   capitalised  
goodwill  when  it  is  not  amortized.  Equity  capital  and  the  income  statement  convey  
better  information  about  the  fluctuating  value  of  the  company.  Similarly,  if  a  company  
announces  the  impairment  of  its  goodwill,  this  will  result  in  a  fall  in  its  trading  price  
as  investors  interpret  it  as  negative  information  about  the  future  economic  benefits  
that  this  asset  was  supposed  to  bring.  
 
Recent  empirical  study  by  Li  et  al.  (2011)  is  examining  the  information  content  of  
transitional   goodwill   impairments   following   the   adoption   of   SFAS   142.     Li   et   al.  
(2011)   provide   evidence   that   both   financial   analysts   and   investors   revise   their  
expectations   downwards   when   the   impairment   loss   is   announced.   According   to  
them   goodwill   impairments   are   the   leading   indicator   of   a   decline   in   the   future  
profitability.   Lapointe-­Antunes   et   al.   (2009)   examine   the   value   relevance   and  
timeliness   of   goodwill   impairments   using   retroactive   method   and   find   a   negative  
relationship   between   reported   impairment   losses   and   share   price.   Their   results  
provide   evidence   that   fair   value   measurements   can   be   relevant,   even   when   the  
financial   statement   elements   are   inherently   bound   to   measurement   error   and  
subject  to  significant  managerial  discretion.  They  also  highlight  the  importance  of  
auditing  due  to  the  fair  value  accounting.  

The   results   of   the   study   by   Chalmers   et   al.   (2011)   show   that   firms’   goodwill  
impairment  charges  better  reflect  the  underlying  economic  value  of  goodwill  than  
amortisation  charges  and  support  the  accounting  regulators  decisions  to  adopt  an  
impairment   test   regime   for   the   accounting   for   goodwill.   They   examine   Australian  
companies  during  the  period  1999-­2008  with  multiple  regression  models.  Chalmers  
  49  

et  al.  (2012)  find  that  the  accounting  information  under  IFRS  provides  more  useful  
information  especially  about  reported  goodwill  in  Australia  because  IFRS  3  requires  
an  impairment  test  for  goodwill.  They  study  the  association  between  the  accuracy  
and  dispersion  of  analysts’  earnings  forecasts  between  1993-­2007  using  regression  
analysis  and  reported  intangible  assets.  Following  the  adoption  of  IFRS  these  two  
have  become  more  negative  and  it  indicates  that  the  accounting  information  under  
IFRS  provides  more  useful  information  than  prior  to  IFRS  adoption.    

Goodwill  write-­down  decisions  can  also  be  considered  as  a  signal  of  the  company  
performance  from  management  to  investors.  A  number  of  older  studies  (e.g.  Strong  
and  Meyer  1987;;  Elliott  and  Shaw  1988;;  Rees  et  al.  1996)  have  shown  the  existence  
of   a   relationship   between   write-­offs   and   stock   prices.   According   to   Moehrle   &  
Moehrle  (2001)  an  impairment  test  promotes  transparency  because  it  should  reflect  
changes  in  underlying  economic  or  business  conditions,  not  an  arbitrary  period.  As  
a  result,  reporting  is  based  on  current  events  that  affect  the  business.  If  goodwill  is  
properly  managed,  there  is  no  need  for  the  impairment,  and  in  case  of  something  
happens  on  an  ad  hoc  basis,  the  impairment  test  will  recognise  any  reduction  in  the  
value  of  goodwill.    
       
Despite   that   many   studies   provide   positive   effects   about   Impairment   approach,   it  
has  also  been  criticised  due  to  the  managerial  discretion  inherently  related  to  the  
impairment   test.   The   impairment   criteria   provided   by   the   standard   are   drafted   in  
such   a   way   that   it   leaves   significant   room   for   managerial   discretion   and   biases  
(Massoud   &   Raiborn   2003).   For   example,   Watts   (2003,   217)   criticises   the  
impairment  approach  and  argue  that  “Assessing  impairment  requires  valuation  of  
future  cash  flows.  Because  those  future  cash  flows  are  unlikely  to  be  verifiable  and  
contractible,  they,  and  valuation  based  on  them,  are  likely  to  be  manipulated”.  
 
Barth  et  al.  (2001)  and  Gu  and  Wang  (2005)  show  evidence  against  the  critics  about  
increased   management   discretion.   They   remind   it   is   inherently   difficult   to   value  
intangible  assets  because  not  all  intangible  assets  decline  in  value  and  when  there  
is  a  decline  in  value  it  is  very  unlike  that  it  will  be  consistent  across  all  the  companies.  
This   means   that   providing   management   discretion   to   treat   intangibles   and   it   can  
  50  

reduce   bias   and   errors   related   to   intangible   assets   reporting   which   in   turn   may  
improve   value   reliability.   When   an   asset   is   reported   with   bias   the   provided  
information  is  not  reliable  (Dahmash  et  al.  2009,  121-­122).  Jennings  et  al.  (1996),  
Choi  et  al.  (2000)  and  Godfrey  and  Koh  (2001)  also  argue  that  managerial  discretion  
is  beneficial  in  the  accounting  treatment  of  intangibles  because  it  reduces  biases  
and   errors   related   to   the   financial   reporting.   This   also   increases   reliability   as  
managers  have  possibility  to  convey  their  private  information  about  the  values  of  
intangibles.  
 
Wyatt  (2005)  has  examined  intangible  asset  recognition  in  Australian  companies  in  
1993-­1997  and  finds  evidence  that  “there  is  value  in  giving  management  accounting  
discretion  to  record  intangible  assets”.  This  evidence  suggests  that  intangible  assets  
for  which  management  has  the  largest  discretion,  identifiable  intangible  assets,  are  
more  value-­relevant  compared  to  the  limited  relevance  of  the  regulated  classes,  like  
purchased   goodwill.   Wyatt   argue   that   limiting   management   choices   to   record  
intangible   assets   reduce   rather   that   improve   the   quality   of   balance   sheet   and  
investor’s  information.  
 
AbuGhazaleh  et  al.  (2012)  investigate  the  value  relevance  of  goodwill  impairments  
in  the  UK  following  the  adoption  of  IFRS  3.  They  use  a  multivariate  regression  for  a  
sample   of   528   firm-­year   observations   for   500   UK   listed   companies   in   2005   and  
2006.   The   empirical   results   show   a   significant   negative   association   between  
reported   goodwill   impairments   and   market   value   and   suggest   that   these  
impairments  are  perceived  by  investors  to  reliably  measure  a  decline  in  the  value  of  
goodwill   and   in   their   firm   valuation   assessments.   The   study   provides   evidence  
consistent  with  the  IASB’s  objectives  in  developing  the  impairment  only  regime  and  
support  the  argument  that,  through  IFRS  3,  managers  are  more  likely  to  use  their  
accounting   discretion   to   convey   private   information   about   the   underlying  
performance  of  the  company.  
 
As  a  conclusion,  many  intangible  assets  are  firm-­specific  and  this  is  the  reason  for  
the  lack  of  active  markets  for  most  of  these  assets.  Giving  management  discretion  
to  value  these  assets  have  its  weaknesses  but  without  the  discretion,  these  assets  
  51  

cannot   be   seen   in   the   balance   sheet   and   may   mislead   the   investors   and   other  
stakeholders.   This   possibility   to   recognise   all   kinds   of   intangible   assets   in   the  
balance  sheet  gives  a  sign  that  these  assets  really  exist  and  investors  can  decide  
whether   sufficient   information   is   available   to   make   sure   the   appropriate   valuation  
and   the   existence   of   the   asset.   The   information   asymmetry   between   the  
management   and   stakeholder   will   not   reduce   without   a   possibility   to   give  
management  the  discretion  to  disclose  this  information.  
 
 
  52  

3   Accounting   treatment   for   acquired   intangible   assets   in   the  


media  companies  
 

3.1   Research  data  and  description  of  research  process  


 
The  objective  of  the  study  is  to  examine  how  the  adoption  of  IFRS  3  has  affected  
the  accounting  treatment  of  identifiable  intangible  assets  and  goodwill  acquired  in  a  
business  combination  in  the  examined  media  companies  in  2005-­2014.  Empirical  
data  consist  of  consist  of  Finnish  and  international  listed  media  companies,  which  
are  Alma  Media,  Sanoma,  Schibsted,  Media  Group,  Modern  Times  Group  and  Axel  
Springer.  Two  of  the  examined  companies,  Alma  Media  and  Sanoma,  are  Finnish  
listed  companies.  Alma  Media  is  the  smallest  of  the  companies  and  its  net  sales  
were  295,4  million  euros  in  2014.  Sanoma,  Schibsted  and  Modern  Times  Group  are  
almost  the  same  size  measured  by  net  sales.  Sanoma’s  net  sales  totalled  1901,6  
million  euros,  Schibsted’s  net  sales  were  14975  million  NOK  (about  1703,8  million  
euros)  and  Modern  Times  Group’s  net  sales  were  15746  million  SEK  (about  1683,9  
million  euros)  in  2014.  Axel  Springer  is  the  biggest  company  and  its  net  sales  were  
3037,9   million   euros   in   2014.   As   a   comparison,   Alma   Media   is   classified   as   a  
medium-­sized   company   and   Sanoma   as   a   large   company   on   the   Helsinki   Stock  
Exchange.  All  the  companies,  except  Axel  Springer,  are  Scandinavian  companies.  
Different   companies   both   Finnish   and   international   and   both   small   and   large   are  
included  in  the  study  to  get  evidence  of  whether  the  application  of  IFRS  3  differs  
depending  on  the  size  and  the  country  of  the  company.  
 
The  sample  of  this  study  has  been  selected  to  represent  as  wide  sample  as  possible  
taking  into  account  the  limited  time  to  finish  this  study.  Two  Finnish  companies,  Alma  
Media  and  Sanoma,  are  included  due  to  the  possibility  to  compare  two  companies  
from  the  same  country  with  different  sizes.  Sanoma,  Schibsted  and  Modern  Times  
Group   are   pretty   much   the   same   size   but   all   of   them   are   domiciled   in   different  
countries  but  still  in  Scandinavia.  Axel  Springer  is  the  largest  of  sample  companies  
and   also   the   only   one   domiciled   outside   Scandinavia.   The   purpose   of   sample  
  53  

selection   was   also   to   find   media   companies   which   have   been   actively   making  
business  combinations  so  that  the  results  would  be  as  reliable  as  possible.  
 
The   empirical   data   is   collected   from   the   consolidated   financial   statements   and  
annual   reports.   The   collected   quantitative   data   includes   the   basic   financial  
statement   information   that   are   relevant   in   the   case   of   the   company’s   business  
combinations.  In  addition,  as  the  main  focus  related  to  the  business  combinations  
is  on  intangible  assets,  the  financial  statement  information  about  intangible  assets  
and   goodwill   is   also   collected.   These   basic   financial   statement   numbers   are  
presented  to  better  understand  the  size,  financial  situation  and  the  significance  of  
intangibles  and  business  acquisitions  for  the  examined  companies.    
 
The   financial   statement   information   data   collection   includes   the   amounts   of   net  
sales,  operating  profits,  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  as  well  as  information  
about   intangible   asset   amortisations   and   goodwill   impairments.   In   addition,  
purchase  price  allocations  and  the  related  disclosed  information  was  collected  from  
the   notes   to   the   financial   statements.   The   key   ratios   were   calculated   from   the  
collected  numbers  and  the  ratios  calculated  were  goodwill  to  total  intangible  assets  
ratio,  total  intangible  assets  to  total  assets  ratio,  operating  profit  margins,  goodwill  
impairment   to   total   impairment   and   amortisation   to   identifiable   intangible   assets  
ratios.   In   addition   to   these,   the   ratios   related   to   purchase   price   allocations   were  
calculated  and  these  were  goodwill  to  total  acquisition  cost,  recognised  intangible  
assets  to  recognised  total  assets,  total  acquisition  cost  to  net  sales  and  the  share  of  
intangible  asset  fair  value  adjustments  of  total  fair  value  adjustments.  
 
First,   the   development   of   these   key   ratios   were   examined   with   the   descriptive  
analysis  and  the  additional  information  was  searched  in  the  notes  to  the  financial  
statements.  This  study  also  closely  examined  the  disclosures  about  goodwill  and  
other   identifiable   intangible   assets   arising   on   business   combinations   and   the  
definition  of  goodwill.  In  addition,  the  fair  value  adjustments  made  in  connection  with  
business  combinations  were  compared  to  the  carrying  amounts  if  this  information  
has  been  available  and  the  shares  of  intangible  assets  from  these  adjustments  were  
  54  

also   calculated.   The   companies   were   analysed   detailed   one   by   one   before   the  
comparison  and  overall  findings.  
 
After   the   firm-­specific   analysis   the   averages   about   the   increased   amounts   of  
goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  as  well  as  the  average  percentage  shares  of  
acquisition  cost  allocated  to  goodwill,  intangible  assets  from  total  assets  recognised  
and   total   acquisition   cost   to   net   sales   were   calculated.   These   averages   and   the  
development   of   the   key   ratios   calculated   were   analysed   and   used   for   the  
comparison  between  the  examined  companies.  This  information  is  presented  in  the  
table.   The   disclosures   related   to   acquired   intangible   assets   and   the   fair   value  
measurement  were  also  examined.  Next,  the  firm-­specific  analyses  are  examined  
and  after  that  the  comparative  summary  is  presented.  
 
The   table   below   presents   the   basic   information   about   the   examined   companies’  
sizes.   Schibsted’s   and   Modern   Times   Group’s   financial   statement   numbers   are  
presented  in  different  currencies  than  in  euro  and  to  translate  these  balance  sheet  
amounts   into   euro,   this   study   uses   European   Central   Bank’s   average   exchange  
rates   within   one   year   and   for   Swedish   Krona   this   rate   has   been   9,3511   and   for  
Norwegian  Krone  8,7893.  The  euro  numbers  are  in  millions.  Schibsted’s  average  
number   of   employees   was   not   available   in   the   financial   statements   so   the  
approximate  number  is  presented  instead.  
 
Table  2.  The  basic  information  about  the  examined  companies  in  2014  
EUR   Alma   Modern   Schibsted   Sanoma   Axel  
million   Media   Times   Springer  
Group  
Net  sales   295,4   1683,9   1703,8   1901,6   3037,9  

Total   256,1   1511,2   2033,6   3016,5   5557,7  


assets  
Average   2813   4059   6800   8259   13917  
number   of  
employees  
 
  55  

3.2   Alma  Media  


 
Alma  Media  is  a  Finnish  media  company  focusing  on  digital  services  and  publishing.  
Alma  Media’s  services  have  expanded  from  Finland  to  other  Nordic  countries,  the  
Baltic   States   and   Central   Europe.   In   addition   to   the   news   content,   Alma   Media’s  
products  provide  information  related  to  lifestyle,  career  and  business  development.  
The   parent   company   Alma   Media   Corporation   is   domiciled   in   Helsinki   and   the  
company’s  shares  are  traded  on  the  Helsinki  Stock  Exchange.  Finland  is  the  biggest  
market  for  Alma  Media,  and  in  2014  about  86,1  percent  of  the  total  revenue  came  
from  the  Finnish  market.  Other  EU-­countries  account  for  a  13,6  percentage  share  
of   the   total   revenue   and   other   countries   only   0,3   percent.   Alma   Media   had   on  
average   approximately   2800   employees   in   2014.   Alma   Media   consists   of   four  
business   segments:   Digital   Consumer   Services,   Financial   Media   and   Business  
Services,  National  Consumer  Media  and  Regional  Media.  The  best-­known  titles  of  
Alma   Media   are   Kauppalehti,   which   is   the   leading   business   media   in   Finland,  
Aamulehti  and  Ilta-­Sanomat.  (Alma  Media  annual  report  2014,  11,  21,  33)  
 
 
Alma  Media’s  balance  sheet  and  income  statement  information  
 
The   role   of   intangible   assets   in   Alma   Media’s   balance   sheet   has   increased  
significantly.  In  2005,  intangible  assets  accounted  for  10,8  percent  of  the  balance  
sheet’s  total  assets  but  in  2014  the  corresponding  amount  was  already  42,1  percent.  
The   highest   share   was   in   2012   when   intangible   assets   accounted   for   even   48,2  
percent  of  the  total  assets  as  Alma  Media  made  several  business  acquisitions  and  
acquired  e.g.  LMC  s.r.o.  On  average,  the  total  intangible  assets  to  total  assets  ratio  
has  been  27,9  percent.  The  increased  role  of  intangibles  can  be  also  demonstrated  
by  stating  that  the  amount  of  total  intangible  assets  is  more  than  four  times  bigger  
in   2014   than   in   2005   while   the   amount   of   total   assets   in   the   balance   sheet   has  
increased  only  about  5  percent.  These  numbers  well  reflect  the  changes  happening  
in  the  media  sector  and  in  the  whole  global  economy  as  intangibles  have  become  
new  value-­drivers.  
  56  

 
Like   usually,   goodwill   is   the   biggest   intangible   asset   also   for   Alma   Media.   The  
percentage  share  of  goodwill  from  total  intangible  assets  has  varied  between  62,3  
and   78,3   percent   and   the   average   share   has   been   71,3   percent.   However,   it   is  
interesting  to  notice  that  this  share  has  been  decreasing  since  2011  and  between  
the  year  2012  and  2014  the  goodwill  to  total  intangible  assets  ratio  has  been  about  
10  percentage  point  lower  than  previous  years’  corresponding  ratios.  One  reason  
for  this  may  be  that  Alma  Media  has  realised  the  objective  of  IFRS  3  to  recognise  
more  intangible  assets  separately  from  goodwill.    
 
Table  3.  Alma  Media’s  balance  sheet  information  (Alma  Media  annual  report  2014,  
16,  49;;  2012,  14,  20,  55;;  2010,  8,  10,  29;;  2008,  48,  50,  70;;  2006,  51,  67,  85)  
EUR   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
million  
Goodwill   18,9   30,2   29,7   33,0   28,2   30,4   30,6   74,3   70,7   69,7  
Change   in     59,8   11,1   -­14,5   7,8   0,7   0,7   142, -­4,8   -­1,4  
goodwill,   8  
%  
Identifiabl 7,4   9,7   10,2   12,3   10,4   10,5   9,9   43,9   42,2   38,2  
e  
intangible  
assets  
Total   26,3   39,9   39,9   45,3   38,6   40,9   40,5   118, 112, 107,
intangible   2   9   9  
assets  
Goodwill   71,9   75,7   74,4   78,3   73,0   74,3   75,6   62,9   62,3   64,5  
to   total  
intangible  
assets,  %  
Total   243, 199, 181, 166, 155, 184, 198, 245, 272, 256,
assets   6   7   3   9   5   5   0   1   8   1  
Total   10,8   20,0   22,0   27,1   24,8   22,2   20,5   48,2   41,4   42,1  
intangible  
assets   to  
  57  

total  
assets  
 
 
When  looking  at  Alma  Media’s  income  statement  information  presented  in  the  table  
4.,  it  can  be  seen  that  company’s  net  sales  have  been  decreasing  in  2009,  2013  
and  2014  and  in  other  years  increased  only  a  little  compared  to  the  previous  years’  
numbers,   except   in   2006   and   2007.   The   biggest   decline   in   net   sales   was   -­9,8  
percent  in  2009  and  since  that  year  the  biggest  growth  in  net  sales  has  been  1,5  
percent   in   2011.   The   global   financial   crisis   has   naturally   affected   also   on   Alma  
Media’s  business  performance.  It  seems  that  the  year  2009  has  been  the  turning  
point.  
 
Impairments  have  been  made  more  in  recent  years  (between  2012  and  2014)  than  
in  previous  years.  In  2005,  total  impairments  amounted  to  0,2  million  and  in  the  year  
2014  2,0  million.  At  the  same  time  the  amount  of  goodwill  has  increased  from  18,9  
million  to  69,7  million  so  it  is  for  sure  that  as  the  amount  of  goodwill  increases  the  
amount  of  impairments  also  increases.  Goodwill  impairments  naturally  account  for  
a   major   share   of   total   intangible   asset   impairments   as   goodwill   is   the   biggest  
intangible   asset   and   on   average,   they   account   for   56,6   percent   of   the   total  
impairments   made.   The   exception   for   this   is   the   year   2012,   when   no   goodwill  
impairments   were   made   but   instead   intangible   assets   with   indefinite   useful   lives  
were   impaired.   It   is   also   good   to   notice   that   the   amount   of   impairments   has  
increased   as   the   net   sales   have   been   decreasing.   This   may   indicate   that  
impairments   do   convey   information   to   the   markets   about   the   company’s   future  
performance.  
 
The   evolution   of   intangible   asset   amortisations   have   also   shown   an   increasing  
curve.  The  exception  is  the  year  2005  when  the  amount  of  amortisations  was  even  
22,6  million.  After  that  year,  the  amount  of  amortisations  has  varied  between  2,4  
and   6,4   million.   Still,   the   increase   in   intangible   asset   amortisations   has   been  
moderate   comparing   to   the   impairments.   The   share   of   amortisations   from  
  58  

identifiable   intangible   assets   have   been   varying   between   12,1   and   31,7   percent,  
excluding  the  year  2005.  
 
The  amount  of  identifiable  intangible  assets  in  Alma  Media’s  balance  has  increased  
from  7,4  million  to  38,2  million  during  the  examined  period.  This  amount  is  about  
five   times   bigger   at   the   end   of   the   period   in   2014   than   in   2005.   However,   the  
intangible   asset   amortisations   have   only   tripled.   This   may   indicate   that   more  
intangible  assets  are  estimated  to  have  an  indefinite  useful  life  which  are  tested  for  
impairment   under   IFRS   3   requirements   and/or   identifiable   intangible   assets  
recognised  are  estimated  to  have  longer  useful  lives.  
 
Table   4.   Alma   Media’s   income   statement   information   (Alma   Media   annual   report  
2014,  15,  49;;  2012,  19,  55;;  2010,  9,  29;;  2008,  49,  70;;  2006,  50,  67)  
EUR   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
million  
Net  sales   285, 301, 328, 341, 307, 311, 316, 320, 300, 295,
9   9   9   2   8   4   2   1   2   4  
Change   in     5,6   8,9   3,7   -­9,8   1,2   1,5   1,2   -­6,2   -­1,6  
net   sales,  
%  
Operating   42,3   49,1   64,4   48,3   41,4   43,4   42,0   26,5   27,0   20,7  
profit  
Operating   14,8   16,3   19,6   14,2   13,5   13,9   13,3   8,3   9,0   7,0  
profit  
margin,  %  
Goodwill   0,2   0,0   0,0   0,1   0,0   0,0   0,0   0,0   1,8   1,9  
impairment  
Total   0,2   0,0   0,0   0,2   0,2   0,0   0,0   1,6   1,9   2,0  
impairment  
Goodwill   100, -­   -­   50,0   0,0   -­   -­   0,0   94,7   95,0  
impairment   0  
to   total  
impairment,  
%  
  59  

Amortisatio 22,6   2,4   2,8   2,7   3,3   3,0   2,4   5,3   6,2   6,4  
n  
Amortisatio 305, 24,7   27,5   22,0   31,7   28,6   24,2   12,1   14,7   16,8  
n   to   4  
identifiable  
intangible  
assets,  %  
 
 
Alma  Media’s  business  combinations  
 
Business  acquisitions  are  important  part  of  the  growth  strategy  for  Alma  Media.  For  
example,  in  2012  Alma  Media  conducted  several  business  acquisitions  and  the  total  
acquisition  cost  was  even  24,0  percent  of  the  reported  net  sales  for  the  year  2012.  
On  average,  the  total  acquisition  cost  to  net  sales  ratio  has  been  5,1  percent  even  
though  the  total  acquisition  cost  for  2012  significantly  impacts  on  this  ratio.  
 
Identifiable  intangible  assets  recognised  in  connection  with  Alma  Media’s  business  
acquisitions   play   an   important   role   as   intangible   assets   to   total   assets   ratio   has  
varied  between  48,4  and  87,5  percent  and  the  average  has  been  63,6  percent.  This  
indicates   that   business   acquisitions   are   important   when   adapting   to   the   digital  
transformation   and   changes   in   the   customer   preferences.   Due   to   this,   the  
accounting  treatment  for  acquired  intangible  asset  is  a  really  important.    
 
As  stated  earlier,  goodwill  is  the  most  significant  intangible  asset  for  Alma  Media  as  
it   accounts   for   a   major   portion   of   the   total   reported   intangible   assets   in   Alma’s  
balance   sheet.   This   is   the   case   also   for   the   purchase   price   allocations   as   the  
acquisition  cost  allocated  to  goodwill  has  been  61,0  percent  on  average.  However,  
this  ratio  has  varied  between  33,3  and  78,4  percent  so  there  are  big  variations  in  
the  goodwill  to  total  acquisition  cost  ratios  depending  on  the  examined  year.  Despite  
the  big  variations,  this  ratio  has  been  decreasing  since  2005,  with  the  exception  of  
the  year  2010.    
 
  60  

The  share  allocated  to  goodwill  does  not  depend  on  the  total  acquisition  cost  as  in  
2012   the   acquisition   cost   has   been   even   76,7   million,   and   the   share   allocated   to  
goodwill  has  been  54,5  percent  but  in  2009,  when  the  total  acquisition  cost  was  only  
0,9   million,   the   corresponding   share   has   been   33,3   percent.   This   may   imply   that  
companies  want  to  recognise  intangible  assets  separately  from  goodwill  but  there  
are   intangible   assets   that   cannot   be   recognised   separately   so   they   have   to   be  
accounted  into  goodwill.  This  provides  evidence  against  the  claims  that  companies  
are  reluctant  to  recognise  intangibles  due  to  the  big  effort  required.    
 
Table   5.   Impact   of   business   acquisitions   on   Alma   Media’s   assets   and   liabilities  
(Alma  Media  annual  report  2014,  38-­39;;  2012,  42-­46;;  2010,  24-­25;;  2009,  37;;  2008,  
64;;  2006,  61;;  2005,  61)  
EUR   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
million  
Total   4,5   11,1   -­   5,8   0,9   3,7   -­   76,7   -­   9,0  
acquisition  
cost  
%   of   net   1,6   3,7   -­   1,7   0,3   1,2   -­   24,0   -­   3,0  
sales  
New   3,4   8,1   -­   4,0   0,3   2,9   -­   41,8   -­   3,9  
goodwill  

Goodwill   to   75,6   73,0   -­   69,0   33,3   78,4   -­   54,5   -­   43,3  


total  
acquisition  
cost,  %  
Intangible   0,9   2,6   -­   2,1   0,5   1,5   -­   37,8   -­   1,5  
assets  
Total   1,2   5,5   -­   2,4   0,9   2,6   -­   51,5   -­   3,1  
assets  
Intangible   75,0   47,3   -­   87,5   55,6   57,7   -­   73,4   -­   48,4  
assets   to  
total  
assets,  %  
  61  

Total   0,1   2,4   -­   0,6   0,3   1,5   -­   16,7   -­   1,1  


liabilities  
Net  assets   1,1   3,1   -­   1,8   0,6   1,1   -­   34,8   -­   2,0  
 
 
To   deepen   the   understanding   of   what   kind   of   intangible   assets   have   been  
recognised   and   which   of   these   assets   have   already   been   recognised   in   the  
acquiree’s   pre-­combination   balance   sheet,   table   6.   below   presents   the   carrying  
amounts  of  intangible  and  total  assets  in  the  acquiree’s  balance  sheet  before  the  
acquisitions  and  fair  values  of  the  recognised  assets  after  the  acquisitions.  It  can  be  
seen   that   Alma   Media   has   recognised   new   intangible   assets   every   year   in  
connection   with   the   acquisitions.   The   share   of   intangible   asset   fair   value  
adjustments  is  clear  as  they  account  for  100  percent  of  the  new  assets  recognised  
in  connection  with  business  combinations.    
 
In  2014,  the  carrying  amounts  were  not  available  and  in  2013,  2011  and  2007  there  
were   no   significant   acquisitions   made.   In   2009,   the   recognised   intangible   assets  
related  to  customer  agreements,  in  2012,  intangible  assets  related  to  trademarks,  
customer  agreements  and  ICT-­technology,  in  2010,  they  were  primarily  customer  
agreements,   in   2008,   the   recognised   intangible   assets   were   trademarks   and  
customer  agreements  and  in  2006,  they  related  trademarks,  customer  agreements  
and  IT-­software.  (Alma  Media  annual  report  2006,  61;;  2008,  64;;  2009,  37;;  2010,  25;;  
2012,  46).  In  general,  trademarks  and  customer  agreements  have  been  the  most  
significant   intangible   assets   recognised   in   the   business   acquisitions.   Alma   Media  
treats  acquired  trademarks  as  assets  with  indefinite  useful  lives  (Alma  Media  annual  
report  2014,  26)  
 
Table  6.  Carrying  amounts  and  fair  values  of  acquired  assets  (Alma  Media  annual  
report  2014,  38-­39;;  2012,  42-­46;;  2010,  24-­25;;  2009,  37;;  2008,  64;;  2006,  61;;  2005,  
61)  
EUR  million   2005   2006   200 2008   2009   2010   201 2012   201 201
7   1   3   4  
  62  

Carrying   0,0   0,0   -­   0,0   0,0   0,0   -­   8,8   -­   -­  


amounts   of  
intangible  
assets  
Carrying   0,3   3,0   -­   0,3   0,5   1,1   -­   22,4   -­   -­  
amounts   of  
total  assets  
Fair   values   0,9   2,6   -­   2,1   0,5   1,5   -­   37,8   -­   -­  
of   intangible  
assets  
Fair   values   1,2   5,5   -­   2,4   0,9   2,6   -­   51,5   -­   -­  
of   total  
assets  
Share   of   100, 100, -­   100, 100, 100, -­   100, -­   -­  
intangible   0   0   0   0   0   0  
asset   fair  
value  
adjustments
,  %  
 
 
Goodwill  disclosures    
 
In  addition  to  the  balance  sheet  and  income  statement  numbers  and  purchase  price  
allocations,   disclosures   related   to   intangible   assets   are   also   very   relevant   to  
financial  statement  users  as  e.g.  the  composition  of  goodwill  seems  to  be  unclear  
and  it  is  impossible  to  find  out  only  looking  at  the  balance  sheet  numbers.  As  already  
noted,  IFRS  3  requires  to  make  a  qualitative  description  of  the  factors  that  make  up  
new   goodwill   recognised,   for   example   synergies.   Alma   Media   has   disclosed   the  
composition  of  goodwill  every  examined  year  and  it  has  been  defined  in  terms  of  
synergies.  There  are  more  simple  definitions,  e.g.  in  2012,  goodwill  arising  on  the  
acquisitions   has   been   defined   as   “the   expected   synergies   related   to   these  
businesses”  or  in  2009,  goodwill  represents  “Contributory  factors  were  the  synergies  
related  to  these  businesses  expected  to  be  realized,  and  the  possibility  to  expand  
  63  

business  operations  into  new  markets.”.  (Alma  Media  annual  report  2009,  37;;  2012,  
45-­46)  
 
There   have   also   been   more   detailed   definitions:   “Contributory   factors   were   the  
synergies  related  to  these  businesses  expected  to  be  realized  especially  with  Alma  
Media  Lehdentekijät  Oy,  which  already  belongs  to  the  Group,  and  the  possibility  to  
broaden   the   service   offering   in   corporate   services”.   (Alma   Media   annual   report  
2006,  61)  Alma  Media  has  also  generally  defined  goodwill  in  its  financial  statements  
separately  from  the  notes  related  to  business  combinations  as  “the  excess  of  the  
acquisition   cost   over   the   Group’s   share   of   the   net   fair   values   of   the   acquired  
company’s  assets  at  the  time  of  acquisition”.  (Alma  Media  annual  report  2012,  30)    
 
As   earlier   noted,   Alma   Media   has   also   disclosed   almost   every   year   what   kind   of  
intangible  assets  have  been  recognized  in  connection  with  the  business  acquisitions  
and  in  some  years,  (2006-­2009)  categorised  the  recognised  amounts  of  intangible  
assets.   The   most   important   intangibles   recognised   have   been   customer  
agreements,  trademarks  and  ICT-­applications.  
 

3.3   Sanoma  
 
Sanoma   is   a   large   Finnish   media   group,   which   parent   company,   Sanoma  
Corporation,  is  domiciled  in  Helsinki  and  its  shares  are  traded  on  the  Helsinki  Stock  
Exchange.  Sanoma  Group  consists  of  two  segments,  which  are  Consumer  Media  
and  Learning  and  three  strategic  business  units:  Media  Netherlands,  Media  Finland  
and   Sanoma   Learning.   Sanoma   operates   in   eight   countries   and   had   on   average  
approximately  8200  employees  in  2014.  Sanoma  is  the  biggest  media  company  in  
Finland   and   the   second   biggest   in   Scandinavia.   Helsingin   Sanomat   is   the   best  
known   title   of   Sanoma   and   it   is   also   the   second   biggest   newspaper   in   the   whole  
Scandinavia.  Nelonen  Media  is  also  part  of  the  group  and  it  onwns  e.g.    Nelonen,  
which  is  one  of  the  most  popular  television  channels  in  Finland.  The  Netherlands  is  
the  biggest  market  for  Sanoma  and  in  2014,  about  42  percent  of  the  revenues  came  
from  there.  Finland  is  the  second  biggest  market  with  a  38,0  percent  share  of  the  
total  revenues  in  2014.  (Sanoma  annual  report  2014,  4,  8-­9,  20)  
  64  

 
Sanoma’s  balance  sheet  and  income  statement  information    
 
Table   7.   presents   Sanoma’s   relevant   balance   sheet   information.   As   already  
discussed,  intangible  assets  play  a  major  role  in  the  media  sector  and  this  is  true  
also  for  Sanoma  as  total  intangible  assets  have  accounted  for  more  than  a  half  of  
the  total  assets  every  examined  year.  The  share  of  intangibles  from  total  assets  has  
also   been   growing   as   in   2005   about   55   percent   of   the   total   assets   have   been  
intangibles  and  in  2014  they  accounted  for  even  75,0  percent  of  the  total  assets.  
The  average  percentage  share  of  intangibles  from  the  total  assets  has  been  63,8  
percent.  As  a  comparison,  total  assets  have  increased  only  little  compared  to  the  
increase  in  intangible  assets  so  the  change  in  the  composition  of  the  balance  sheet’s  
assets  is  clear.    
 
When  examining  the  information  related  to  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets,  it  
can  be  seen  that  goodwill  accounts  for  a  major  portion  of  the  total  intangible  assets  
as  the  portion  has  varied  between  75,4  and  80,9  percent.  The  average  share  has  
been  78,2  percent.  However,  this  ratio  shows  a  decreasing  trend  despite  that  the  
amount   of   goodwill   in   the   balance   sheet   has   increased   significantly   as   it   is   30  
percent  bigger  in  2014  than  in  2005.  The  share  of  intangible  assets  of  the  balance  
sheet’s  total  assets  have  been  increasing  every  year  since  2005  and  at  the  same  
time   the   goodwill   to   total   intangible   assets   ratio   has   been   decreasing,   which   is   a  
good  sign  in  terms  of  the  requirements  of  IFRS  3.  
 
Table  7.  Sanoma’s  balance  sheet  information  (Sanoma  annual  report  2014,  14,  17;;  
2012,  4,  15;;  2010,  3,  15;;  2008,  3,  15;;  2006,  15)  
EUR   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
million  
Goodwill   1329, 1392, 1432, 1491, 1488, 1447, 2316, 2307, 1964, 1749,
3   3   8   6   9   5   2   6   5   2  
Change     4,7   2,9   4,1   -­0,2   -­2,8   60,0   -­0,4   -­14,9   -­11,0  
in  
  65  

goodwill,  
%  
Identifia 313,0   368,1   379,6   379,7   399,3   403,2   709,8   700,2   641,6   513,3  
ble  
intangibl
e  assets  
Total   1642, 1760, 1812, 1871, 1888, 1850, 3026, 3007, 2606, 2262,
intangibl 3   4   4   3   2   7   0   8   1   5  
e  assets  
Goodwill   80,9   79,1   79,1   79,7   78,9   78,2   76,5   76,7   75,4   77,3  
to   total  
intangibl
e  assets,  
%  
Total   2972, 3132, 3192, 3278, 3106, 3203, 4328, 4041, 3514, 3016,
assets   0   2   3   7   3   0   3   6   0   5  
Total   55,3   56,2   56,8   57,1   60,8   57,8   69,9   74,4   74,2   75,0  
intangibl
e   assets  
to   total  
assets,  
%  
 
 
Sanoma’s  net  sales  reflect  the  difficulties  in  the  media  sectors  and  they  have  been  
decreasing  continuously  since  2009.  The  biggest  decline  compared  to  the  previous  
year’s   net   sales   was   in   2012   as   it   can   bee   seen   in   the   table   8.   The   percentage  
changes  in  net  sales  have  varied  between  -­13,5  and  6,7  percent  and  operating  profit  
margins  have  varied  between  6,7  –  11,7  percent,  except  the  year  2013.  The  year  
2009  seems  to  be  the  turning  point  also  for  Sanoma  Group.  
 
The  amount  of  total  impairments  has  increased  significantly  since  2005.  In  2013,  
the  total  impairments  for  the  year  have  been  even  345,8  million  and  this  amount  is  
the  highest  in  the  examined  period.  Goodwill  impairments  account  naturally  for  a  
major   part   of   total   impairments.   The   average   goodwill   impairments   to   total  
  66  

impairments   ratio   has   been   51,9   percent.   In   2009,   this   ratio   has   been   only   12,7  
percent.  In  2006  and  2007,  there  were  no  goodwill  impairments  made.    
 
Both  impairments  and  amortisations  related  to  intangible  assets  have  substantially  
increased  since  2005  as  the  amount  of  intangibles  has  been  growing  in  the  balance  
sheet.  Amortisations  have  been  almost  four  times  bigger  and  total  impairments  more  
than   30   times   bigger   in   2014   than   in   2005.   However,   the   amount   of   identifiable  
intangible  assets,  which  are  amortised  systematically  unless  they  are  not  estimated  
to  have  an  indefinite  useful  life,  has  doubled  but  the  amount  of  amortisations  have  
increased  more.  Amortisation  to  total  identifiable  intangible  assets  ratio  has  been  
almost  unchanged  till  2008  and  after  that  increased  steadily  till  2011  and  in  2014,  
this   ratio   was   even   45,2   percent.   This   means   that   either   intangible   assets  
recognised  are  estimated  to  have  shorter  useful  lives  or  more  intangibles  have  been  
recognised  as  amortisable  identifiable  intangibles.    
 
Sanoma  has  made  impairments  more  in  those  years  when  the  net  sales  have  been  
decreasing.  This  makes  sense  and  one  of  the  reasons  for  this  is  the  financial  crisis.  
However,  the  important  observation  is  that  his  is  not  consistent  with  the  claims  that  
management  uses  impairments  as  a  tool  to  manage  earnings  At  the  same  time,  the  
amount   allocated   to   goodwill   has   decreased   and   this   also   supports   that   the  
management   has   not   behaved   more   opportunistically   under   the   impairment   test  
approach   but   conversely.   Since   the   year   2011,   the   net   sales   have   decreased  
significantly  and  in  2012,  the  drop  in  net  sales  comparing  to  the  previous  year  has  
been  even  13,5  percent.  in  2013,  total  impairment  amounted  to  345,8  and  the  next  
year   net   sales   continued   to   decrease   significantly.   Also   in   2008,   the   total  
impairments  have  been  very  high  comparing  to  the  previous  year’s  impairments  and  
in  2009,  the  net  sales  decreased  by  8,7  percent  and  the  same  happened  in  2012  as  
net  sales  decreased  significantly  and  total  impairments  were  exceptionally  high  the  
prior  year.  
 
Table  8.  Sanoma’s  income  statement  information  (Sanoma  annual  report  2014,  16,  
44-­45;;  2012,  4,  38;;  2010,  3,  37;;  2008,  3,  35-­36;;  2006,  3,  33)  
  67  

EUR   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
million  
Net  sales   2622 2742 2926 3030 2767 2761 2746 2376 2083 1901
,3   ,1   ,3   ,1   ,9   ,2   ,2   ,3   ,5   ,6  
Change     4,6   6,7   3,5   -­8,7   -­0,2   -­0,5   -­13,5   -­12,3   -­8,7  
in   net  
sales,  %  
Operating   301, 292, 343, 236, 195, 392, 182, 182, -­ 133,
profit   3   5   8   3   4   7   9   3   257, 8  
7  
Operating   11,5   10,7   11,7   7,8   7,1   14,2   6,7   7,7   -­12,4   7,0  
profit  
margin,  %  
Goodwill   1,7   0,0   0,0   61,8   0,7   28,9   63,8   21,5   309, 31,9  
impairme 1  
nt  
Total   1,9   0,3   4,0   84,1   5,5   37,2   83,1   46,5   345, 59,7  
impairme 8  
nt  
Goodwill   89,5   0,0   0,0   73,5   12,7   77,7   76,8   46,2   89,4   53,4  
impairme
nt   to   total  
impairme
nt,  %  
Amortisati 65,3   72,3   80,9   80,7   92,2   96,8   181, 239, 247, 232,
on   3   0   5   2  
Amortisati 20,9   19,6   21,3   21,3   23,1   24,0   25,5   34,1   38,6   45,2  
on   to  
identifiabl
e  
intangible  
assets,  %  
 
 
 
  68  

Sanoma’s  business  acquisitions  


 
“In   recent   years,   Sanoma   has   grown   vigorously   through   acquisitions.”   (Sanoma  
annual  report  2006,  7).  The  percentages  of  total  acquisition  cost  of  net  sales  have  
been  varying  between  0,5  and  6,4  percent.  The  exception  was  the  financial  year  
2011   when   the   total   acquisition   cost   was   even   51,5   percent   of   the   net   sales   as  
Sanoma  acquired  SBS  Netherlands.  On  average,  the  total  acquisition  cost  to  net  
sales  ratio  has  been  7,4  percent.  
 
The  purchase  price  allocations  differ  depending  on  the  examined  year;;  for  example,  
in  2014,  only  36,6  percent  of  the  acquisition  cost  was  allocated  to  goodwill  but  in  
turn  in  2012,  even  85,0  percent  of  the  acquisition  cost  was  accounted  as  goodwill.  
The   average   purchase   price   allocated   to   goodwill   has   been   59,4   percent   in   the  
examined  period.  It  is  difficult  to  interpret  whether  this  ratio  is  showing  an  upward  or  
downward  trend;;  six  financial  years  are  above  the  average  share  and  four  below.  
However,  the  acquisition  cost  allocated  to  goodwill  has  been  only  about  35  percent  
in   2014   and   2010,   so   it   seems   that   Sanoma   has   not   been   avoiding   to   recognize  
intangibles   separately   from   goodwill.   The   identifiable   intangible   assets   to   total  
assets  ratio  has  varied  between  28,2  and  78,5  percent  and  on  average,  this  ratio  
has  been  52,1  percent.  Despite  the  variations  it  seems  that  intangible  assets  are  a  
big  motivation  behind  the  acquisitions.    
 
Table   9.   Impact   of   business   acquisitions   on   Sanoma’s   assets   and   liabilities  
(Sanoma  annual  report  2014,  32;;  2013;;  30;;  2012,  27;;  2011,  24;;  2010,  26;;  2009,  26;;  
2008,  25;;  2007,  27;;  2006,  25;;  2005,  23)  
EUR   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
million  
Total   167,8   102,3   67,5   190,7   6,7   10,3   1415,2   27,3   10,0   22,7  
acquisition  
cost  
%   of   net   6,4   3,7   2,3   6,3   0,2   0,4   51,5   1,1   0,5   1,2  
sales  
  69  

New   82,3   66,0   42,0   143,4   3,9   3,5   982,0   23,2   6,0   8,3  
goodwill  
Goodwill   to   49,0   64,5   62,2   75,2   58,2   34,0   69,4   85,0   60,0   36,6  
total  
acquisition  
cost,  %  
Intangible   97,0   48,1   22,4   72,2   1,1   6,2   367,7   10,3   5,4   15,3  
assets  
Total   222,5   99,8   44,6   108,5   3,9   7,9   710,6   24,8   8,2   32,6  
Assets  
Intangible   43,6   48,2   50,2   66,5   28,2   78,5   51,7   41,5   65,9   46,9  
assets   to  
total  assets  
Total   132,8   55,4   20,6   54,2   2,6   1,7   277,3   20,7   4,1   18,2  
liabilities  
Net  assets   89,7   44,4   24,0   54,3   1,3   6,2   433,2   4,1   4,0   14,4  
 
 
Sanoma  has  not  disclosed  the  carrying  amounts  in  the  acquired  unit  except  for  two  
significant   acquisitions.   The   most   important   assets   recognised   in   connection   with  
the   acquisitions   have   neither   been   disclosed   in   2008-­2014.   Between   2005   and  
2007,   the   most   important   assets   have   been   contract-­based   intangible   assets,  
customer-­based  intangible  assets,  technology-­based  intangible  assets,  trademarks  
and  goodwill.  In  2006,  the  most  important  assets  recognised  were  technology-­based  
intangible  assets,  goodwill,  contract-­based  intangible  assets  and  publishing  rights.  
(Sanoma  annual  report  2007,  27;;  2006,  25;;  2005,  23)    
 
In  2008,  the  largest  single  transaction  for  Sanoma  was  the  acquisition  of  the  Polish  
educational  publisher  Nowa  Era,  and  the  acquisition  cost  of  the  purchase  was  62,5  
million   euros,   which   was   about   33   percent   of   the   total   acquisition   cost   for   the  
financial   year.   (Sanoma   annual   report   2008,   25)   The   specification   of   acquired  
assets  and  liabilities  of  Nowa  Era  is  presented  in  the  table  below.  Intangible  assets  
recognised   totalled   2,7   million,   which   is   only   about   8   percent   of   the   total   assets  
recognised.  Most  of  the  new  assets  recognised  were  tangible  assets.  
  70  

 
Table  10.  Carrying  amounts  and  fair  values  of  Nowa  Era  (Sanoma  annual  report  
2008,  26)  
EUR  million   Fair  values   Carrying  amounts  
Intangible  assets   2,7   2,1  
Total  assets   34,2   20,3  
Total  liabilities   26,3   28,9  
Net  assets   7,8   -­8,6  
New  goodwill   54,6   -­  
Acquisition  cost   62,5   -­  
 
In  2005,  Sanoma  acquired  Independent  Media  147,8  million  which  was  about  89  
percent  of  the  total  acquisition  cost  for  the  year  2005.  The  most  important  assets  
recognised   were   publishing   rights.   For   the   majority   of   these   publishing   rights   a  
definite  useful  life  could  be  determined  and  the  amortisation  period  was  2-­23  years.  
For  some  of  the  publishing  rights  a  definite  useful  life  could  not  be  determined  and  
these  assets  are  not  amortised  but  tested  for  impairment.  Intangible  asset  fair  value  
adjustments   accounted   for   100   percent   of   the   total   asset   fair   value   adjustments.  
(Sanoma  annual  report  2005,  23)  
 
Table  11.  Carrying  amounts  and  fair  values  of  Independent  Media  (Sanoma  annual  
report  2005,  23)  
EUR  million   Fair  values   Carrying  amounts  
Publishing  rights   91,8   0,0  
Other  intangible  assets   0,0   0,0  
Total  assets   122,1   30,4  
Total  liabilities   39,9   17,9  
Net  assets   82,2   12,4  
New  goodwill   65,6   -­  
Acquisition  cost   147,8   -­  
 
 
 
  71  

 
Goodwill  disclosures  
 
When  it  comes  to  the  disclosures,  Sanoma  has  generally  defined  goodwill  as  “the  
excess  of  the  cost  over  the  fair  value  of  the  acquired  company’s  net  assets.  Goodwill  
represents   e.g.   expected   synergies   resulting   from   acquisitions.”   (Sanoma   annual  
report  2014,  22).  In  most  of  the  cases,  Sanoma  has  defined  goodwill  in  terms  of  
synergies.  There  can  be  found  more  general  and  more  detailed  definitions;;  in  2008,  
it  is  only  mentioned  that  “Goodwill  consists  of  functional  and  commercial  synergies.”  
and   in   2007,   “Goodwill   is   based   on   the   estimated   synergies   in   the   logistics   and  
merchandising   services   of   press   distribution   in   Finland.”   (Sanoma   annual   report  
2007,  27;;  2008,  25)  There  are  also  more  detailed  definitions  and  one  example  is  
that   “Goodwill   is   related   to   expanding   the   operations   to   new   markets   as   well   as  
estimated   synergies   in   marketing,   call   centre   operations   and   other   back   office  
functions,  among  others”.  (Sanoma  annual  report  2007,  27)  
 
In  addition  to  the  synergies,  Sanoma  has  also  defined  goodwill  in  terms  of  human  
capital,  which  is  a  typical  intangible  asset  that  cannot  be  recognised  separately.  For  
example,  in  the  case  of  Nowa  Era,  which  is  one  of  the  most  important  acquisitions  
made   during   the   examined   period,   “goodwill   consists   mainly   of   the   knowledge   of  
Polish  educational  market  and  knowhow  of  the  personnel  related  to  the  acquisition  
of   Nowa   Era”.   (Sanoma   annual   report   2008,   26)   In   2007,   Sanoma   purchased  
Translation  Service  Noodi  Oy  in  2007.  The  most  significant  asset  recognised  at  the  
acquisition  was  goodwill,  which  in  this  case  “represents  the  capabilities  of  a  well-­
trained  workforce  as  well  as  considerable  synergies  within  the  sales  and  marketing  
operations  of  language  services”.  (Sanoma  annual  report  2007,  27)  
 
Sanoma  has  disclosed  that  goodwill  is  one  of  the  most  significant  assets  recognised  
in   connection   with   the   business   acquisitions;;   in   2006   Sanoma   acquired   the  
Hungarian  educational  group  Lang  Kiado  es  Holding  Zrt  and  in  this  case,  the  most  
significant  assets  recognised  were  intangible  assets  and  goodwill.  This  is  the  case  
also   with   aforementioned   Noodi   Oy   as   goodwill   was   the   most   significant   asset  
recognised.  (Sanoma  annual  report  2006,  25)  
  72  

 
The  most  important  intangible  assets  recognised  in  the  business  combinations  for  
Sanoma  are  goodwill  and  intangible  assets.  More  detailed,  Sanoma  has  mentioned  
contract-­based  intangible  assets,  technology-­based  intangible  assets,  trademarks  
and  customer-­based  intangible  assets  and  publishing  rights.  Sanoma  has  disclosed  
purchase  price  allocations  separately  only  for  three  significant  acquisitions  during  
the  whole  examined  period  and  for  two  of  them  Sanoma  disclosed  also  the  carrying  
amounts  in  the  acquired  unit.  The  most  significant  acquisition  for  Sanoma  has  been  
the  purchase  of  SBS  Netherlands  in  2011,  and  this  acquisition  accounted  for  about  
90   percent   of   the   total   acquisition   cost   for   the   year   2011   (Sanoma   annual   report  
2011,  25).  
 

3.4   Schibsted  Media  Group  


 
Schibsted   Media   Group   is   an   international   media   group   and   one   of   the   leading  
media   groups   in   Scandinavia.   In   2014,   Schibsted   had   on   average   approximately  
6800   employees   and   operations   in   31   countries.   The   parent   company   Schibsted  
ASA  is  domiciled  in  Oslo  and  is  listed  on  the  Oslo  Stock  Exchange.  Schibsted  is  
divided  into  four  operating  segments  which  are  Online  classifieds,  Schibsted  Norge  
Media   House,   Schibsted   Sverige   Media   House   and   Media   Houses   International.  
The   major   businesses   are   in   Norway,   Sweden,   France   and   Spain,   but   Schibsted  
also  has  operations  in  other  countries  in  Europe,  Latin  America,  Asia  and  Africa.  
Schibsted   owns   the   tabloid   Aftonbladet   which   is   also   the   biggest   tabloid   in  
Scandinavia  and  the  newspaper  Verdens  Gang  which  is  the  biggest  newspaper  in  
Norway.  (2014,  36,  64,  101)  
 
Schibsted’s  balance  sheet  and  income  statement  information  
 
The   total   intangible   assets   to   total   assets   ratio   has   increased   significantly   for  
Schibsted;;   in   2005   this   ratio   was   17,7   percent   and   in   2014   the   corresponding  
amount  was  already  66,9  percent.  This  change  has  been  dramatic  and  reflects  how  
business  has  changed  in  the  media  sector.  On  average,  this  ratio  has  been  51,5  
percent.  The  amount  of  goodwill  is  even  seven  times  bigger  in  2014  than  in  2005  
  73  

and   total   intangible   assets   are   almost   four   times   bigger   but   total   assets   only   two  
times  bigger.  In  the  case  of  Schibsted,  the  amount  of  goodwill  and  other  intangible  
assets   has   increased   dramatically   from   2005   to   2006   as   Schibsted   acquired  
Schibsted  International  Classifieds  in  2006.  
 
The  goodwill  to  total  intangible  assets  ratio  has  been  decreasing  slightly  since  2006.  
In  2005,  this  ratio  was  exceptionally  high  as  it  was  82,9.  On  average,  goodwill  to  
total  intangible  assets  ratio  has  been  72,0  percent.  The  amount  of  goodwill  in  the  
balance  sheet  has  increased  more  than  the  amount  of  identifiable  intangible  assets  
so   even   though   the   goodwill   to   total   intangible   assets   ratio   has   not   decreased  
significantly,   the   o   the   overall   development   is   good   as   the   increased   amount   of  
goodwill  has  not  resulted  in  an  increase  in  this  ratio.  
 
Table  12.  Schibsted’s  balance  sheet  information  (Schibsted  annual  report  2014,  36,  
96,  118;;  2012,  107,  127;;  2010,  132,  168;;  2008,  83,  105;;  2006,  73,  93)  
NOK   200 2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
million   5  
Goodwil 116 5762   6003   5282   4941   6919   6878   6452   7320   8294  
l   5  
Change     394,6   4,2   -­12,0   -­6,5   40,0   -­0,6   -­6,2   13,5   13,3  
in  
goodwill
,  %  
Other   241   2287   2090   2335   2281   2809   2733   2661   3017   3672  
intangib
le  
assets  
Total   140 8049   8093   7617   7222   9728   9611   9113   1033 1196
intangib 6   7   6  
le  
assets  
Goodwil 82,9   71,6   74,2   69,3   68,4   71,1   71,6   70,8   70,8   69,3  
l  to  total  
intangib
  74  

le  
assets,  
%  
Total   793 1654 1599 1639 1522 1650 1633 1535 1715 1787
Assets   5   9   1   1   0   9   6   0   9   4  
Total   17,7   48,6   50,6   46,5   47,5   58,9   58,8   59,4   60,2   66,9  
intangib
le  
assets  
to   total  
assets,  
%  
 
 
Schibsted’s  net  sales  has  increased  significantly  in  2006  and  2007.  The  year  2009  
has  been  the  most  difficult  during  the  examined  period  as  the  net  sales  dropped  by  
7,2  percent  comparing  to  the  previous  year’s  net  sales.  However,  despite  the  years  
2009   and   2014,   the   net   sales   have   increased.   On   average,   the   net   sales   have  
increased  5,1  percent  every  year.  Net  sales  dropped  by  7,2  percent  in  2009  but  in  
turn,  the  next  year  they  increased  8,0  percent.  Schibsted’s  net  sales  have  not  been  
impacted  by  the  financial  crisis  very  strongly,  but  the  year  2009  seems  to  have  been  
the  most  difficult.  
 
Goodwill  impairments  have  been  on  average  53,4  percent  of  total  impairments.  In  
2008,  the  amount  of  impairments  totalled  1558  million  and  the  same  year  operating  
profit  was  negative  and  the  next  year  the  net  sales  saw  the  worst  drop  during  the  
examined  period  as  they  declined  7,2  percent.  The  variations  in  total  impairments  
have  been  big  but  the  amount  of  amortisations  have  increased  steadily.  Still,  when  
investigating  intangible  asset  amortisations  more  carefully,  it  can  be  noted  that  the  
percentage  share  of  amortisations  from  identifiable  intangible  assets  has  increased  
till  2009,  except  the  year  2005,  and  after  that  year  decreased  steadily.  This  indicates  
that  more  intangibles  are  estimated  to  have  useful  lives  between  2010  and  2014  
and  this  is  probably  due  to  that  most  of  the  intangible  assets  are  trademarks  with  
indefinite  useful  lives.  
  75  

 
Table  13.  Schibsted’s  income  statement  information  (Schibsted  annual  report  2014,  
94,  118;;  2013,  92,  116;;  2012,  106,  127;;  2011,  102,  124;;  2010,  130,  168;;  2009,  44,  
62;;  2008,  82,  105;;  2006,  72,  93)  
NOK   200 2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
million   5  
Net  sales   983 1164 1361 1374 1274 1376 1437 1476 1523 1497
2   8   0   0   5   8   8   3   2   5  
Change   in     18,5   16,8   1,0   -­7,2   8,0   4,4   2,7   3,2   -­1,7  
net   sales,  
%  
Operating   116 2495   1246   -­254   435   3410   1439   744   2201   510  
profit   1  
Operating   11,8   21,4   9,2   -­1,8   3,4   24,8   10,0   5,0   14,4   3,4  
profit  
margin,  %  
Goodwill   0   10   8   1388   80   77   120   350   0   4  
impairmen
t  
Total   8   10   33   1558   137   92   185   357   17   26  
impairmen
t  
Goodwill   0,0   100, 24,2   89,1   58,4   83,7   64,9   98,0   0,0   15,4  
impairmen 0  
t   to   total  
impairmen
t,  %  
Amortisati 54   133   247   287   324   254   211   196   219   205  
on  
Amortisati 22,4   5,8   11,8   12,3   14,2   9,0   7,7   7,4   7,3   5,6  
on   to  
identifiable  
intangible  
assets,  %  
 
  76  

 
Schibsted’s  business  acquisitions  
 
“The  business  combinations  are  carried  out  as  part  of  Schibsted’s  growth  strategy,  
and  the  businesses  acquired  are  good  strategic  fits  with  existing  operations  within  
the  Schibsted  Media  Group.”  (Schibsted  annual  report  2014,  110)  On  average,  total  
acquisition  cost  has  been  9,8  percent  of  the  year’s  net  sales.  This  indicates,  that  
Schibsted  has  also  been  actively  participating  in  business  acquisitions  during  the  
last   ten   years.   In   2006,   Schibsted   made   a   significant   purchase   and   acquired  
Schibsted   International   Classifieds   and   in   that   year   the   total   acquisition   cost   was  
even  44  percent  of  the  net  sales.  
 
In   2007,   investments   in   subsidiaries   were   not   significant   and   Schibsted   has   not  
separated   the   amount   invested   in   subsidiaries   and   the   only   business   acquisition  
mentioned   is   the   purchase   of   Stockholm-­Köpenhamn   Produktion   AB   so   the  
information  related  to  this  acquisition  has  been  used.  In  2008,  information  related  to  
to  the  acquisition  cost,  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  was  only  available.  In  2009,  
all  the  acquisitions  were  minor  and  due  to  this  no  purchase  price  allocations  were  
disclosed.  Media  Norge  was  established  in  2009  and  the  major  share  of  goodwill  
relates  to  this  arrangement.  Schibsted  disclosed  the  table  about  the  effects  of  the  
establishment  on  the  group’s  balance  sheet.  (Schibsted  annual  report  2009,  54-­55)  
 
The   average   share   of   total   acquisition   cost   allocated   to   goodwill   has   been   72,7  
percent.   In   2008   and   2014,   total   acquisition   cost   allocated   to   goodwill   has   been  
around   50   percent   and   the   highest   amount   has   been   85,8   percent   in   2006.   For  
Schibsted,  a  decreasing  trend  can  be  noted  in  the  shares  allocated  to  goodwill.  The  
intangible   assets   recognised   in   connection   with   the   business   acquisitions   have  
represented  even  94,5  percent  of  the  total  assets  recognised.  The  average  share  of  
intangibles  from  the  total  assets  recognised  has  been  60,2  percent.  
 
Table   14.   Impact   of   business   acquisitions   on   Schibsted’s   assets   and   liabilities  
(Schibsted  annual  report  2014,  110;;  2013,  108;;  2012,  120;;  2011,  115;;  2010,  154;;  
2008,  94,  122;;  2007,  82;;  2006,  79;;  2005,  83)  
  77  

NOK  million   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
Total   414   5178   52   255   -­   3339   149   221   404   1140  
acquisition  cost  
%  of  net  sales   4,2   44,5   0,4   1,9   -­   24,3   1,0   1,5   2,7   7,6  
New  goodwill   350   4444   38   138   -­   2625   115   158   314   591  
Goodwill   to   84,5   85,8   73,1   54,1   -­   78,6   77,2   71,5   77,7   51,8  
total  
acquisition  
cost,  %  
Intangible   75   1969   13   61   -­   869   68   46   87   537  
assets  
Total  Assets   202   2754   -­   -­   -­   1117   106   204   162   568  
Intangible   37,1   71,5   -­   -­   -­   77,8   64,2   22,5   53,7   94,5  
assets   to   total  
assets  
Total  liabilities   138   2020   -­   -­   -­   386   32   106   69   14  
Net  assets   64   734   -­   -­   -­   731   74   98   93   554  
 
 
Goodwill  disclosures  
 
Schibsted  has  defined  goodwill  in  terms  of  synergies,  workforce  and  non-­contractual  
customer  agreements  in  most  of  the  cases  and  there  are  two  different  definitions  of  
goodwill  used:  the  first  definition  is  that  “The  goodwill  recognised  is  attributable  to  
inseparable  non-­contractual  customer  relationships,  the  assembled  workforce  of  the  
companies  and  synergies.”  (Schibsted  annual  report  2014,  110;;  2013,  108;;  2012,  
120;;   2011,   115)   and   the   second   one   is   that   “Amounts   allocated   to   goodwill   will  
mainly  relate  to  the  acquired  companies’  market  position,  work  force  and  synergies  
with  the  group’s  other  activities.”  (Schibsted  annual  report  2005,  83;;  2006,  80;;  2007,  
82).  
 
As   already   noted,   workforce   is   a   typical   item   in   goodwill   because   it   cannot   be  
accounted   separately.   A   more   detailed   definition   was   made   for   the   acquisition   of  
Editions  Aixoises  Multimedia,  but  not  for  any  other  significant  purchases.  In  the  case  
  78  

of   Editions,   goodwill   arising   on   the   acquisition   is   “attributable   to   non-­contractual  


private   customer   relationships,   the   assembled   workforce   of   the   company   and   a  
control   premium   connected   to   the   possibility   of   broadening   the   presence   in   the  
French  market,  faster  decision  making,  greater  possibility  for  synergies  and  future  
developments”.  (Schibsted  annual  report  2010,  153)                                      
 
Schibsted  has  not  disclosed  the  carrying  amounts  of  the  acquiree’s  pre-­combination  
balance  sheet  but  the  company  has  classified  acquired  intangible  assets  between  
2010  and  2014  and  they  are  presented  in  the  table  below.  Most  of  these  intangibles  
recognised   are   trademarks   with   indefinite   useful   life.   In   addition   to   trademarks,  
customer  relations  and  data  systems  and  licenses  have  also  been  recognised.                                            
 
Table  15.  Specification  of  acquired  intangible  assets  (Schibsted  annual  report  2014,  
110;;  2013,  108;;  2012,  120;;  2011,  115;;  2010,  154)    
NOK  million   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
Trademarks  (indefinite  useful  life)   756   54   5   48   495  
Trademarks  (definite  useful  life)   -­   -­   -­   4   -­  
Customer  relations   78   -­   5   6   34  
Data  systems  and  licenses   35   14   36   29   8  
Total  intangible  assets   869   68   46   87   537  
 

3.5   Modern  Times  Group  


 
Modern  Times  Group  is  an  international  entertainment  group,  which  has  operations  
in   six   continents   and   11   countries   and   they   include   free-­TV,   pay-­TV,   digital  
entertainment,  radio  and  content  production  businesses.  Modern  Timed  Group  is  
headquartered  in  Stockholm  and  the  parent  company  Modern  Times  Group  MTB  
AB   is   listed   on   the   Stockholm   Stock   Exchange   and   headquartered   in   Stockholm.  
The  main  markets  of  Modern  Times  Group  are  Scandinavia  and  the  Baltics.  In  2014,  
Modern   Times   Group   had   on   average   approximately   4000   employees.   Modern  
Times  Group  consists  of  six  business  segments  which  are  Free-­TV  Scandinavia,  
Pay-­TV  Nordic,  Free-­TV  Emerging  Markets,  Pay-­TV  Emerging  Market,  CTC  Media  
  79  

and   the   sixth   business   segment   includes   Nice,   MTGx   and   Radio   businesses.  
Modern  Timed  Group  owns  the  well-­known  company  Viasat.  (Modern  Times  Group  
annual  report  annual  report  2014,  7,  11)  
 
Modern  Times  Group’s  balance  sheet  and  income  statement  information  
 
The  changes  in  total  intangible  assets  to  total  assets  ratio  has  been  quite  volatile.  
In   2005,   the   ratio   was   22,5   percent   and   in   2014,   30,7   percent   so   the   share   of  
intangibles  from  total  assets  has  increased  but  not  so  dramatically.  The  amount  of  
intangibles   increased   from   32,9   percent   to   54,0   percent   in   2008,   when   Modern  
Times  Group  acquired  Nova  Televizia  and  Gymgrossisten  and  this  share  has  been  
the  highest  for  Modern  Times  during  the  examined  period.  However,  the  amount  of  
intangibles  in  the  balance  sheet  is  now  double  comparing  to  the  amount  in  2005  but  
this  amount  has  increased  more  than  the  amount  of  total  assets  comparing  to  the  
years  2005  and  2014.  
 
The   average   goodwill   to   total   intangible   assets   ratio   has   been   79,0   percent.   The  
changes  in  this  ratio  are  small  and  the  development  shows  no  clear  signs  of  neither  
downward  or  upward  trend.  In  most  of  the  years  examined  the  ratio  has  been  around  
80  percent.  In  2006,  this  ratio  was  71,9  percent,  which  is  the  lowest  share.    
 
Table  16.  Modern  Times  Group’s  balance  sheet  information  (Modern  Times  annual  
report  2014,  55;;  2012,  68;;  2010,  53;;  2008,  55;;  2006,  66)  
SEK   200 200 2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
million   5   6  
Goodwill   181 223 2491   8798   5239   4928   2447   2866   3463   3396  
4   5  
Change     23,2   11,5   253,2   -­40,5   -­5,9   -­50,3   17,1   20,8   -­1,9  
in  
goodwill,  
%  
Identifiabl 950   874   1109   1583   1423   1183   582   575   841   941  
e  
  80  

intangible  
assets  
Total   220 310 3600   1038 6662   6111   3029   3441   4304   4337  
intangible   4   9   1  
assets  
Goodwill   82,3   71,9   69,2   84,8   78,6   80,6   80,8   83,3   80,5   78,3  
to   total  
intangible  
assets,  %  
Total   979 920 1095 1923 1465 1400 1128 1169 1410 1413
assets   6   5   8   2   1   2   1   2   7   1  
Total   22,5   33,8   32,9   54,0   45,4   43,6   26,9   29,4   30,5   30,7  
intangible  
assets   to  
total  
assets,  %  
 
 
Modern   Times   Group’s   net   sales   has   grown   8,2   percent   on   average   during   the  
examined  period.  The  biggest  drop  was  in  2009  when  the  net  sales  decreased  by  
5,6   percent.   Before   the   year   2009   the   development   of   net   sales   has   been   really  
good  but  after  2009,  the  net  sales  have  been  increasing  again  slowly.  
 
Intangible  asset  amortisations  have  been  volatile  and  there  cannot  be  found  a  clear  
direction  of  the  development  but  there  is  neither  big  variations.  Total  impairments  
have   been   made   much   more   in   2009   and   2011   than   other   years,   when   these  
amounts  amounted  to  even  3293  and  2990  million.  It  can  be  seen  that  operating  
profit   has   also   been   negative   only   in   2009   and   2011.   The   net   sales   decreased  
dramatically  measured  by  percentage  points  from  2008  to  2009  and  increased  5,4  
percent  in  2010  but  it  is  clear  that  prospects  diminished  significantly  as  the  change  
in  net  sales  shows  and  due  to  the  fact  that  impairments  were  made  in  2009  and  not  
already  in  2010  which  would  already  have  already  been  too  late.  
 
  81  

Table   17.   Modern   Times   Group’s   income   statement   information   (Modern   Times  
annual  report  2014,  54,  86;;  2012,  67,  96;;  2010,  52,  80;;  2008,  54,  82;;  2006,  65,  83)  
SEK   200 2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
million   5  
Net  sales   801 1013 1135 1316 1242 1310 1347 1333 1407 1574
2   7   1   6   7   1   3   6   3   6  
Change   in     26,5   12,0   16,0   -­5,6   5,4   2,8   -­1,0   5,5   11,9  
net   sales,  
%  
Operating   121 1778   2027   3671   -­ 2355   -­615   2124   1738   1675  
profit   3   1553  
Operating   15,1   17,5   17,9   27,9   -­12,5   18,0   -­4,6   15,9   12,3   10,6  
profit  
margin,  %  
Goodwill   1   38   0   76   3252   0   2441   0   145   205  
impairmen
t  
Total   24   87   13   92   3293   9   2990   15   148   224  
impairmen
t  
Goodwill   4,2   43,7   0,0   82,6   98,8   0,0   81,6   0,0   98,0   91,5  
impairmen
t   to   total  
impairmen
t,  %  
Amortisati 72   59   86   76   105   101   85   34   46   61  
on  
Amortisati 7,6   6,8   7,8   4,8   7,4   8,5   14,6   5,9   5,5   6,5  
on   to  
identifiable  
intangible  
assets,  %  
 
 
 
  82  

 
 
Modern  Times  Group’s  business  acquisitions  
 
On  average,  the  share  of  the  total  acquisition  cost  of  the  year’s  net  sales  has  been  
10,3  percent.  In  2008,  this  share  was  even  47,9  percent  as  Modern  Times  Group  
acquired   Nova   Televizia   and   Gymgrossisten.   The   average   amount   of   acquisition  
cost  allocated  to  goodwill  has  been  85,6  percent.  However,  except  the  year  2012,  
the  trend  seems  to  be  decreasing  and  less  intangible  assets  have  been  accounted  
into   goodwill   even   though   the   development   is   not   obvious   as   there   were   no  
acquisitions  made  in  2009  and  2011  and  2010  and  2013  the  information  about  the  
business  acquisitions  was  not  sufficient.  The  identifiable  intangible  assets  to  total  
assets  ratio  has  been  varying  between  8,8  and  70,1  percent  so    
 
In  2005,  Modern  Times  Group  has  specified  the  acquired  assets  and  liabilities  only  
for  the  most  significant  purchase,  which  accounts  for  about  97  percent  of  the  total  
acquisition  cost  for  the  year  2005  so  the  purchase  price  allocation  is  presented  only  
for  this  acquisition.  In  2009  and  2011,  there  were  no  business  acquisitions  and  the  
years   2010   and   2013   the   goodwill   to   total   acquisition   cost   ratios   cannot   be  
calculated  due  to  the  negative  net  assets.    
 
Table   18.   Impact   of   business   acquisitions   on   Modern   Times   Group’s   assets   and  
liabilities  (Modern  Times  Group’s  annual  report  2014,  77;;  2013,  82;;  2012,  88;;  2010,  
74;;  2008,  76;;  2007,  89;;  2006,  79;;  2005,  58)  
SEK  million   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
Total   904   731   265   6306   -­   327   -­   467   732   365  
acquisition  cost  
%  of  net  sales   11,3   7,2   2,3   47,9   -­   2,5   -­   3,5   5,2   2,3  
New  goodwill   867   508   223   5462   -­   373   -­   458   818   290  
Goodwill   to   95,9   69,5   84,2   86,6   -­   -­   -­   98,1   -­   79,5  
total  
acquisition  
cost,  %  
  83  

Identifiable   249   420   46   780   -­   17   -­   28   284   90  


intangible  
assets  
Total  assets   483   631   134   1113   -­   111   -­   318   776   273  
Identifiable   51,6   66,6   34,3   70,1   -­   15,3   -­   8,8   36,6   33,0  
intangible  
assets   to   total  
assets,  %  
Total  liabilities   409   307   84   269   -­   159   -­   190   863   168  
Net  assets   74   325   49   844   -­   -­46   -­   127   -­87   107  
 
Between  2009  and  2014  Modern  Times  Group  did  not  disclose  carrying  amounts  of  
assets   or   what   kind   of   intangible   assets   were   recognised.   In   2008,   the   most  
significant  intangible  assets  recognised  were  broadcasting  licenses,  trademarks.  In  
2007,   2006   and   2005   the   most   important   assets   recognised   were   trademarks.  
Trademarks   being   part   of   purchase   price   allocations   are   normally   determined   to  
have  indefinite  useful  lives.  (Modern  Times  Group  annual  report  2008,  67,  75;;  2007,  
86;;  2006,  79;;  2005,  58)  
 
Table   19.   Carrying   amounts   and   fair   values   of   acquired   assets   (Modern   Times  
Group  annual  report  2008,  76;;  2007,  89;;  2006,  79;;  2005,  58)    
SEK  million   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
Carrying   68   102   5   79   -­   -­   -­   -­   -­   -­  
amounts   of  
identifiable  
intangible  
assets  
Carrying   302   314   93   412   -­   -­   -­   -­   -­   -­  
amounts   of  
total  assets  
Fair   values   249   420   46   780   -­   -­   -­   -­   -­   -­  
of  
identifiable  
  84  

intangible  
assets  
Fair   values   483   631   134   1113   -­   -­   -­   -­   -­   -­  
of   total  
assets  
Share   of   100,0   100,0   100,0   100,0   -­   -­   -­   -­   -­   -­  
identifiable  
intangible  
asset   fair  
value  
adjustments,  
%  
 
 
Goodwill  disclosures  

Modern  Times  Group  has  defined  goodwill  in  terms  of  synergies  and  unidentified  
intangible   assets,   for   example,   “The   goodwill   comprises   future   potential   new  
customers   and   programmes   as   well   as   brand   extensions   and   assembled   work  
force.”  (Modern  Times  Group  annual  report  2014,  78)  or  “Goodwill  has  arisen  on  the  
acquisitions  since  among  others  customer  relations  or  trademarks  did  not  meet  the  
criteria  for  recognition  as  an  intangible  asset  at  the  date  of  the  acquisition.”  (Modern  
Times  Group  annual  report  2005,  58)  

Goodwill  arising  on  the  acquisition  of  Prva  TV  in  2006  has  been  disclosed  separately  
and   defined   as   “customer   relations,   broadcasting   licenses,   trademarks   or   other  
beneficial  rights  did  not  meet  the  criteria  for  recognition  as  an  intangible  asset  at  the  
date  of  the  acquisitions”.  (Modern  Times  Group  annual  report  2006,  79)  

As  a  summary,  Modern  Times  Group  has  defined  goodwill  in  terms  of  synergies  and  
intangible  assets  that  do  not  meet  the  recognition  criteria.  These  kinds  of  intangible  
assets   have   been   customer   relations,   trademarks   and   human   capital   which   are  
prohibited   to   recognise   as   assets   under   the   current   recognition   criteria   and   in   a  
business  combination,  these  assets  has  to  be  accounted  into  goodwill.  
 
  85  

3.6   Axel  Springer  Group  


 
Axel   Springer   is   one   of   the   leading   publishing   companies   in   Europe.   The   parent  
company   Axel   Springer   SE   is   listed   on   the   Frankfurt   Stock   Exchange   and  
headquartered  in  Berlin.  Axel  Springer’s  business  is  divided  into  three  segments:  
Paid  Models,  Marketing  Models  and  Classified  Ad  Models.  The  focus  is  on  the  digital  
transformation  of  the  business  and  the  company  wants  to  become  a  leading  digital  
publisher.  At  the  moment  digital  media  channels  contribute  almost  three  quarters  of  
total   revenues.   Axel   Springer   operates   in   more   than   40   countries   and   had   on  
average  almost  14000  employees  in  2014.  Germany  is  the  most  important  market  
for   Axel   Springer   and   this   market   accounts   for   56,9   percent   of   the   group’s   total  
revenue.  Axel  Springer  has  many  news  brands,  such  as  BILD,  WELT  and  FAKT.  
(Axel  Springer  annual  report  2014,  3,  12,  94)  
 
Axel  Springer’s  balance  sheet  and  income  statement  information  
 
Like  for  many  other  media  companies,  the  role  of  intangible  assets  has  increased  
continuously   also   in   Axel   Springer’s   balance   sheet.   In   2005,   intangible   assets  
accounted   for   only   5,0   percent   of   total   assets   and   in   2014,   the   corresponding  
amount   was   already   54,3   percent.   The   increase   is   significant   as   the   amount   of  
goodwill  is  30  times  bigger  in  2014  than  in  2005  and  the  amount  of  total  intangible  
assets  is  more  than  20  bigger.  Only  for  the  comparison,  the  amount  of  total  assets  
in  the  balance  sheet  is  only  twice  as  big  in  2014  than  in  2005.  
 
On   average,   the   goodwill   to   total   intangible   assets   ratio   has   been   53,4   percent.  
However,  the  development  shows  that  goodwill  has  been  accounting  for  a  bigger  
share  of  total  intangible  assets  as  in  2005,  the  ratio  was  43,3  percent  but  in  2014,  it  
was  already  56,4  percent.  This  is  contrary  to  the  objectives  of  IFRS  3  to  reduce  the  
amount  of  goodwill  in  the  balance  sheet.  
 
Table  20.  Axel  Springer’s  balance  sheet  information  (Axel  Springer  annual  report  
2014,  89,  114;;  2012,  84,  107;;  2010,  119,  138;;  2008,  112,  133;;  2007,  88,  97;;  2006,  
78,  85;;  2005,  68,  75)  
  86  

EUR   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
million  
Goodwill   56,7   108,5   363,8   421,4   459,1   565,8   1087, 1296, 1327, 1703,
9   7   1   4  
Change     91,4   235,3   15,8   8,9   23,2   92,3   19,2   2,3   28,4  
in  
goodwill,  
%  
Identifia 74,2   81,9   340,9   316,6   376,4   549,8   820,4   1158, 1084, 1314,
ble   8   4   9  
intangibl
e  assets  
Total   130,9   190,4   704,7   738,0   835,4   1115, 1908, 2455, 2411, 3018,
intangibl 6   3   5   5   3  
e  assets  
Goodwill   43,3   57,0   51,6   57,1   55,0   50,7   57,0   52,8   55,0   56,4  
to   total  
intangibl
e  assets,  
%  
Total   2612, 3124, 3826, 2812, 2934, 3603, 4187, 4808, 4773, 5557,
assets   0   0   9   6   3   2   5   2   8   7  
Total   5,0   6,1   18,4   26,2   28,5   31,0   45,6   51,1   50,5   54,3  
intangibl
e   assets  
to   total  
assets,  
%  
 
 
Axel   Springer’s   net   sales   have   been   quite   turbulent   and   there   have   been   big  
changes  in  the  net  sales  during  the  examined  period.  In  the  year  2009,  which  seems  
to  be  the  most  difficult  year  for  the  examined  companies,  net  sales  dropped  by  4,3  
percent   but   next   year   they   increased   by   10,8   percent   and   again   in   2013   they  
decreased  even  15,4  percent  and  increased  8,4  percent  the  next  year.  
  87  

 
Goodwill  impairments  are  44,3  percent  of  total  impairments  on  average.  In  general,  
there  seems  to  be  more  impairments  have  been  made  since  2009  and  the  amount  
of  total  impairments  amounted  to  50,5  million  in  2014.  In  2008,  total  impairments  
were  30,8  million  and  the  next  year  net  sales  dropped  by  4,3  percent  and  in  2012  
total  impairments  totalled  21,5  million  and  the  next  year  the  net  sales  collapsed  by  
even   15,4   percent.   This   indicates   that   impairment   reflect   the   development   of   net  
sales.   Amortisation   to   identifiable   intangible   assets   ratio   has   stayed   quite   stable  
during  the  examined  period  and  only  a  little  downward  development  can  be  noticed,  
which   may   indicate   that   more   intangibles   with   indefinite   useful   lives   have   been  
recognised.   The   highest   ratio   was   15,1   percent   in   2005   and   in   2007,   the   share  
halved  but  since  that  there  have  not  been  any  significant  changes.      
 
Table   21.   Axel   Springer’s   income   statement   information   (Axel   Springer   annual  
report  2014,  91,  135;;  2012,  86,  124;;  2010,  120,  153;;  2008,  114,  150;;  2006,  80,  103)  
EUR   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
million  
Net  sales   2391 2375 2577 2728 2611 2893 3184 3310 2801 3037
,5   ,9   ,9   ,5   ,6   ,9   ,9   ,3   ,4   ,9  
Change     -­0,7   8,5   5,8   -­4,3   10,8   10,1   3,9   -­15,4   8,4  
in   net  
sales,  %  
Operating   390, 377, 420, 749, 422, 408, 444, 447, 289, 335,
profit   4   7   7   8   7   9   5   9   9   8  
Operating   16,3   15,9   16,3   27,5   16,2   14,1   14,0   13,5   10,3   11,1  
profit  
margin,  %  
Goodwill   7,9   1,0   0,0   2,1   0,0   0,0   7,8   17,4   2,7   31,1  
impairme
nt  
Total   7,9   2,4   0,4   30,8   1,7   2,2   8,4   21,5   4,6   50,5  
impairme
nt  
  88  

Goodwill   100, 41,7   0,0   6,8   0,0   0,0   92,9   80,9   58,7   61,6  
impairme 0  
nt   to   total  
impairme
nt,  %  
Amortisati 11,2   10,7   22,1   31,1   38,2   48,9   68,1   85,5   90,7   111,
on   2  
Amortisati 15,1   13,1   6,5   9,8   10,1   8,9   8,3   7,4   8,4   8,5  
on   to  
identifiabl
e  
intangible  
assets,  %  
 
 
Axel  Springer’s  business  combinations  
 
Business   combinations   have   had   a   significant   impact   also   on   Axel   Springer’s  
performance,   especially   in   2007,   when   the   total   acquisition   cost   was   even   42,9  
percent   of   net   sales   of   the   group   as   Axel   Springer   conducted   few   significant  
acquisitions.   The   average   percentage   share   of   the   total   acquisition   cost   from   net  
sales  is  14,4  percent,  and  this  share  have  increased  significantly  from  2005  to  2014.  
 
A  major  share  of  intangible  assets  recognized  in  a  business  combination  is  allocated  
to   goodwill   and   like   other   examined   companies,   also   Axel   Springer   has   had   big  
differences   depending   on   the   examined   year.   The   average   share   allocated   to  
goodwill  is  59,2  percent  but  the  share  allocated  to  goodwill  has  been  decreasing  
since  2005  when  the  share  allocated  to  goodwill  was  88,0  percent  but  in  2014  the  
corresponding  share  was  61,0  percent.  In  the  case  of  Axel  Springer,  the  change  can  
be   seen   even   though   in   2012   this   share   was   more   than   80   percent.   It   is   also   in  
interesting  observation  that  despite  the  amount  of  goodwill  in  the  balance  sheet  has  
increased  the  development  is  contrary  to  the  development  of  the  total  acquisition  
cost  allocated  to  goodwill.  
 
  89  

Intangible  assets  arising  on  business  combinations  account  for  a  significant  share  
of  the  total  assets  recognised.  In  six  years  this  share  has  been  more  than  70  percent  
out  of  nine  years  since  2005  there  were  no  acquisitions  made  and  every  year  more  
than  a  half  of  total  recognised  assets.  The  average  share  of  intangible  assets  has  
been  68,8  percent.  
 
Table  22.  Impact  of  business  acquisitions  on  Axel  Springer’s  assets  and  liabilities  
(Axel  Springer  annual  report  2014,  97-­101;;  2013,  95-­96;;  2012,  92-­95;;  2011,  125-­
126;;  2010,  126-­127;;  2009,  142;;  2008,  121;;  2007,  100-­104;;  2006,  88)  
EUR   200 200 2007   200 2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  
million   5   6   8  
Total   -­   60,0   1106, 22,4   86,6   301, 751, 675, 123, 654,
acquisition   7   0   1   6   6   3  
cost  
%   of   net   -­   2,5   42,9   0,8   3,3   10,4   23,6   20,4   4,4   21,5  
sales  
New   -­   52,8   937,2   13,0   38,6   101, 531, 230, 71,6   399,
goodwill   9   5   6   4  
Goodwill   -­   88,0   84,7   58,0   44,6   33,9   70,7   34,1   57,9   61,0  
to   total  
acquisition  
cost,  %  
Identifiabl -­   10,3   313,0   9,8   87,6   229, 278, 360, 61,2   300,
e   1   7   3   3  
intangible  
assets  
Total   -­   13,7   616,3   12,9   168, 452, 358, 450, 73,5   413,
assets   9   1   0   4   3  
Identifiabl -­   75,2   50,8   76,0   51,9   50,7   77,9   80,0   83,2   72,7  
e  
intangible  
assets   to  
total  
assets,  %  
  90  

Total   -­   6,5   400,0   2,7   83,7   103, 153, 119, 21,3   153,
liabilities   6   0   9   6  
Net  assets   -­   7,2   216,3   10,2   85,2   348, 205, 330, 52,0   260,
5   3   5   1  
 
 
In  2014,  Axel  Springer  did  not  disclose  carrying  amounts  or  specified  the  recognised  
intangible  assets  but  purchased  rights  and  licenses  account  for  a  major  part  of  all  
the   identifiable   intangible   assets   (Axel   Springer   annual   report   2014,   114).   These  
purchased  assets  and  liabilities  are  examined  more  detailed  in  connection  with  the  
disclosures  but  as  it  can  be  seen  in  the  table  below  fair  value  adjustments  mostly  
relate  to  intangible  assets.  
 
Table   23.   Carrying   amounts   and   fair   values   of   acquired   assets   (Axel   Springer  
annual  report  2013,  95-­96;;  2012,  92-­95;;  2011,  125-­126;;  2010,  126-­127;;  2009,  142;;  
2008,  121;;  2007,  100-­104;;  2006,  88)  
EUR   200 2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   201
million   5   4  
Carrying   -­   2,4   41,6   0,3   8,6   14,5   1,5   13,1   1,1   -­  
amounts   of  
identifiable  
intangible  
assets  
Carrying   -­   5,9   302, 3,4   93,2   224, 80,5   103, 13,4   -­  
amounts   of   7   8   2  
total  assets  
Fair   values   -­   10,3   313, 9,8   87,6   229, 278, 360, 61,2   -­  
of   0   1   7   3  
identifiable  
intangible  
assets  
Fair   values   -­   13,7   616, 12,9   168, 452, 358, 450, 73,5   -­  
of   total   3   9   1   0   4  
assets  
  91  

Share   of   -­   100, 86,6   100, 94,2   77,4   100, 100, 100, -­  


identifiable   0   0   0   0   0  
intangible  
asset   fair  
value  
adjustments
,  %  
 
 
Goodwill  disclosures    
 

Axel   Springer   has   defined   goodwill   in   terms   of   synergies   and   human   capital   and  
there  have  been  two  different  definitions  during  the  examined  period:  e.g.  in  2014  
and  2013  “Goodwill  is  above  all  attributable  to  inseparable  values  such  as  employee  
expertise,   expected   synergy   effects   from   the   integration   and   the   strategic  
advantages   resulting   from   the   leading   market   position   of   the   acquired   company.”  
(Axel  Springer  annual  report  2014,  99;;  2013,  95)  The  other  definitions  is  that  “The  
goodwill   arising   on   these   transactions   can   be   credited   mainly   to   the   positive  
expectations   for   the   future   business   performance   of   the   respective   companies.”  
(Axel  Springer  annual  report  2008,  121)  

Axel  Springer  has  disclosed  the  purchase  price  allocations  for  the  most  significant  
acquisitions   separately   between   2009-­2014   and   there   is   no   one   table   which  
aggregate   all   the   acquisitions.   This   is   the   reason   why   the   impact   of   minor  
acquisitions  is  excluded.  However,  due  to  the  size  of  the  group  this  will  not  affect  
the  key  ratios  significantly.  

In  2008  and  2006,  the  purchase  price  allocation  of  all  the  business  combinations  
has  presented  in  a  one  table.  In  2007,  Axel  Springer  has  also  disclosed  purchase  
price  allocations  of  the  minor  acquisitions  separately.  

Axel   Springer   has   not   disclosed   the   amounts   of   different   intangible   assets  
recognised   have   but   the   company   has   separated   the   amount   of   intangibles   with  
indefinite   useful   lives,   which   are   mostly   trademarks   and   customer   relationships;;  
  92  

“The  purchased  rights  and  licenses  mainly  comprised  title  rights,  trademarks,  and  
customer  relationships.”  (Axel  Springer  annual  report  2014,  115)  

3.7   The  main  findings  and  discussion  


 
One  of  the  main  findings  of  this  study  is  that  the  importance  of  intangible  assets  in  
the  examined  media  companies’  balance  sheet  has  increased  during  the  examined  
period.   Sanoma   has   seen   the   lowest   changes   in   balance   sheet   amounts   of  
intangible   assets   and   goodwill   as   goodwill   has   increased   31,6   percent   and   total  
intangible  assets  37,8  percent  while  the  total  assets  have  increased  only  1,5  percent  
comparing   the   years   2005   and   2014.   The   direction   is   clear   and   intangibles   have  
become  more  and  more  important  even  though  these  percentages  are  not  as  clear  
as  e.g.  in  the  case  of  Axel  Springer  which  has  met  the  highest  growth  in  the  amounts  
of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets.    
 
As  already  stated,  Axel  Springer  has  experienced  the  biggest  changes  measured  
by  the  amounts  of  intangible  assets  and  goodwill  as  the  amount  of  goodwill  is  30  
times  bigger  and  the  amount  of  total  intangible  assets  is  more  than  20  times  bigger  
in  2014  than  in  2005.  In  turn,  the  increase  in  total  assets  comparing  the  years  2005  
and   2014   has   been   significantly   lower   as   the   amount   of   total   assets   has   only  
doubled.  Alma  Media  and  Sanoma  has  experienced  the  lowest  growth  in  the  amount  
of  total  assets  but  still,  Alma  Media’s  intangible  assets  has  increased  the  third  most  
after   Axel   Springer   and   Schibsted.   Sanoma   has   seen   the   lowest   growths   both   in  
total  assets  and  total  intangible  assets  but  the  total  intangible  assets  to  total  assets  
ratio  is  still  the  highest  for  Sanoma  among  the  examined  companies.  In  general,  the  
share   of   intangibles   has   increased   significantly   in   the   media   companies’   balance  
sheets.  Figure  3.  presents  Alma  Media’s  goodwill  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  
amounts  in  the  balance  sheet  between  2005  and  2014.  
 
  93  

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

goodwill identifiable  intangible  assets


 
Figure  3.  Alma  Media’s  goodwill  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  amounts  
(million  EUR)  in  the  balance  sheet  between  2005  and  2014  
 
The  average  goodwill  to  total  intangible  assets  ratio  has  been  the  lowest,  only  53,4  
percent,  for  Axel  Springer  but  Axel  Springer  is  the  only  examined  company,  which  
has  also  seen  an  upward  development  for  this  ratio.  Other  companies  average  ratios  
have   been   significantly   bigger,   between   70   and   79   percent   but   Alma   Media’s,  
Sanoma’s   and   Schibsted’s   ratios   have   seen   a   downward   trend   and   for   Modern  
Times  Group  it  cannot  be  said  whether  the  development  is  upward  or  downward.  
 
There  are  also  big  differences  in  the  average  total  intangible  assets  to  total  assets  
ratios.  For  Sanoma,  this  ratio  is  63,8  percent  but  for  Alma,  it  is  only  a  little  bit  more  
than   30   percent.   Sanoma   has   the   significantly   highest   intangible   assets   to   total  
assets  ratio  even  though  the  increase  in  total  intangible  assets  in  the  balance  sheet  
has   not   been   radical   during   the   examined   period.   This   is   obviously   due   to   the  
different   natures   of   the   businesses   as   some   of   the   companies   have   been   more  
focused  on  the  traditional  print  media  and  others  on  digital  media.  The  development  
has   also   been   very   different   for   Alma   and   Sanoma   even   though   they   are   both  
Finnish   media   companies.   One   reason   for   Axel   Springer’s   significantly   bigger  
increases  in  intangible  assets  and  goodwill  in  the  balance  sheet  may  be  the  big  size  
and   also   the   nature   of   the   business.   Big   companies   usually   can   survive   longer  
  94  

despite   the   big   changes   as   it   is   not   that   dependent   on   one   or   two   sources   of  
revenues.  
 
Table  24.  Summary  of  the  examined  companies’  balance  sheet  information  in  
2005-­2014  
  Alma   Sanoma   Schibsted   Modern   Axel  
Media   Times   Springer  
Group  
Goodwill  to  total   71,3   78,2   72,0   79,0   53,4  
intangible  assets,  %,  
average  
Total  intangible  assets   27,9   63,8   51,5   35,0   31,7  
to  total  assets,  %,  
average  
The  percentage   268,8   31,6   611,9   87,2   2904,2  
increase  in  goodwill  
comparing  the  years  
2005  and  2014  
The  percentage   310,3   37,8   751,1   96,8   2205,8  
increase  in  total  
intangible  assets  
comparing  the  years  
2005  and  2014  
The  percentage   5,1   1,5   125,3   44,3   112,8  
increase  in  total  
assets  comparing  the  
years  2005  and  2014  
 
 
In   the   center   of   this   study   are   business   acquisitions   and   their   impacts   on   the  
acquirer’s   assets   and   liabilities.   There   are   differences   between   the   examined  
companies   in   the   amounts   of   business   acquisitions   and   their   importance.   Axel  
Springer   and   Modern   Times   Group   has   been   growing   aggressively   through  
  95  

business  acquisitions  as  the  average  total  acquisition  cost  to  net  sales  ratios  have  
been  more  than  10  percent.  Alma  Media’s  ratio  has  been  5,1  percent,  Sanoma’s  
ratio  7,4  percent  and  Schibsted’s  ratio  9,8  percent.  The  differences  are  significant  
as   for   example,   Axel   Springer’s   ratio   is   three   times   bigger   than   Alma   Media’s  
corresponding  ratio.  
 
One  of  the  objectives  of  the  introduction  of  IFRS  3  has  been  to  reduce  the  amount  
of  goodwill  and  to  encourage  companies  to  recognize  more  identifiable  intangible  
assets  instead  of  accounting  them  into  goodwill.  Sanoma  and  Axel  Springer  has  had  
the  smallest  goodwill  to  total  acquisition  cost  ratios.  Alma  Media  is  also  very  close  
to  them  with  a  61,0  percent  share.  The  trend  has  also  been  decreasing  since  2005  
in  the  case  of  Alma  media,  Schibsted  and  Axel  Springer.  Modern  Times  Group  has  
the   highest   average   goodwill   to   total   acquisition   cost   ratio,   which   is   even   85,6  
percent   and   the   direction   of   this   ratio   is   not   clear   due   to   the   lack   of   related  
information  in  2009-­2011  and  in  2013.  Sanoma’s  goodwill  to  total  acquisition  cost  
ratio  has  been  lower  than  other  companies’  ratios  but  there  is  no  clear  evidence  of  
whether  this  ratio  has  been  decreasing  since  2005.  For  Axel  Springer,  which  also  
has  the  low  goodwill  to  total  acquisition  cost  ratio,  the  development  has  clearly  been  
downward.  
 
Table   25.   Summary   of   the   impact   of   business   combinations   on   the   examined  
companies’  assets  and  liabilities  in  2005-­2014,  averages  
  Alma   Sanoma   Schibsted   Modern   Axel  
Media   Times   Springer  
Group  
Total  acquisition   5,1   7,4   9,8   10,3   14,4  
cost  to  net  sales,  %  
Goodwill  to  total   61,0   59,4   72,7   85,6   59,2  
acquisition  cost,  %  
Identifiable   63,6   52,1   60,2   39,5   68,7  
intangible  assets  to  
total  assets,  %  
 
  96  

 
It   may   be,   that   due   to   the   fact   that   some   intangible   assets   cannot   be   identified  
separately   from   goodwill   and   these   unidentified   assets,   e.g.   human   capital,   are  
important   intangible   assets   arising   on   the   business   acquisitions,   there   are   big  
variations  in  the  amount  of  the  acquisition  cost  allocated  to  goodwill.  In  some  years,  
a  major  part  of  the  acquisition  cost  is  allocated  to  goodwill  and  does  not  necessarily  
depend   on   the   reluctance   of   the   companies   to   recognise   intangible   assets  
separately  from  goodwill,  as  Carvalho  et  al.  (2012)  argue,  but  rather  the  recognition  
criteria  under  IAS  38.    
 
Alma  Media’s,  Schibsted’s  and  Axel  Springer’s  ratios  show  that  the  development  of  
shares  of  goodwill  allocated  to  the  total  acquisition  cost  has  been  consistent  with  
the   objective   of   IFRS   3   to   reduce   the   amount   of   allocated   goodwill.   This  
development  is  really  significant  despite  the  fact  that  the  amount  of  goodwill  in  every  
company’s  balance  sheet  has  grown  significantly.  There  was  neither  a  sign  of  an  
increase  in  the  amount  of  acquisition  cost  has  been  allocated  into  goodwill  for  any  
examined   companies   and   this   is   a   good   sign   from   the   perspective   of   IFRS   and  
financial  statement  users.  This  should  also  give  more  useful  information  to  financial  
statement   users   about   the   acquired   intangible   assets.   As   an   example,   figure   4.  
presents   Axel   Springer’s   shares   of   the   acquisition   costs   allocated   to   goodwill  
between  2006  and  2014.  
 

100  %
90  %
80  %
70  %
60  %
50  %
40  %
30  %
20  %
10  %
0  %
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

goodwill
 
  97  

Figure   4.   Axel   Springer’s   shares   of   the   acquisition   costs   allocated   to   goodwill  


between  2006  and  2014  
 
Even  though  the  general  direction  of  the  development  of  goodwill  to  total  acquisition  
cost   ratios   is   good,   it   is   still   interesting   to   examine   the   possible   reasons   for   the  
differences   between   these   ratios   among   the   examined   companies.   One   way   to  
search  for  the  answer  to  these  differences  is  to  compare  the  definitions  of  goodwill.  
Comparing  to  the  disclosures  related  to  goodwill,  Modern  Times  Group  has  defined  
goodwill  in  terms  of  synergies,  workforce,  new  customer  and  customer  relationships  
and   other   intangible   assets   which   cannot   be   accounted   separately,   Sanoma   in  
terms   of   synergies   and   workforce,   Axel   Springer   in   terms   of   workforce   and  
synergies,  Alma  Media  in  terms  of  synergies  and  Schibsted  in  terms  of  synergies,  
workforce   and   non-­contractual   customer   agreements.   The   definitions   are   really  
similar  to  each  other  and  it  seems  that  they  do  not  explain  the  big  differences  in  the  
goodwill  to  total  intangible  asset  ratios.  One  interesting  fact  is  that  Axel  Springer’s  
goodwill  disclosures  were  very  concise  as  there  were  only  two  different  definitions  
of  goodwill  despite  the  big  size  of  the  company.  
 
In  general,  the  examined  companies  seem  to  consider  goodwill  as  an  excess  or  a  
residuum   but   it   does   not   mean   that   goodwill   is   unclear.   Giuliani   and   Brännström  
(2011)   find   that   “Core   goodwill”   is   the   largest   category   and   “Intangibles”   is   the  
smallest.  They  also  conclude  that  despite  the  stimulation  of  IFRS  3,  the  top-­down  
approach  for  goodwill  is  still  predominant  and  goodwill  continues  to  be  seen  as  a  
residuum.  Human  capital  is  one  of  the  most  significant  acquired  intangible  assets  in  
connection  with  the  business  acquisitions  in  this  study  and  it  has  to  be  accounted  
into  goodwill  because  it  does  not  meet  the  asset  recognition  criteria.  Sahut  et  al.  
(2011)   argue   that   investors   benefit   more   identifiable   intangible   assets   which   are  
recognised   separately   from   goodwill.   This   also   relates   to   the   prudent   recognition  
criteria  under  IAS  38  because  the  acquirers  do  not  have  a  choice  to  recognise  some  
intangible  assets  separately  and  the  composition  of  goodwill  more  depends  on  the  
current  accounting  standards.  
 
  98  

Identifiable  intangible  assets  recognised  in  business  combinations  has  also  been  
pretty  consistent  among  the  companies  examined  in  this  study.  Brännström  et  al.  
(2009)   finds   inconsistency   related   to   disclosed   intangible   asset   labels   in   their  
sample  but  this  may  be  due  to  the  different  industries  as  the  nature  of  the  business  
may  differs  a  lot  between  the  business  sectors.  At  least  in  the  sample  of  this  study,  
which   included   only   media   companies,   the   disclosed   labels   have   been   similar   to  
each   other.   Hence,   this   may   indicate   that   there   is   no   need   for   the   standardised  
disclosure  labels.  
 
One  of  the  concerns  related  to  IFRS  3  is  the  management  discretion  because  of  the  
introduction  of  impairment  regime  and  fair  value  accounting  for  intangible  assets.  
Goodwill  and  other  impairments  have  been  investigated  carefully  and  the  evidence  
is  clear  for  all  the  examined  companies:  They  all  have  made  more  impairments  in  
those   years   when   the   net   sales   have   decreased   significantly   the   next   year.   This  
means  that  impairments  are  a  clear  sign  of  the  worsened  economic  performance  of  
the  company  or  the  negative  changes  in  the  economic  environment.  Lhaopadchan  
(2010)  states  that  despite  the  management  seem  to  behave  opportunistically  when  
making  impairments,  it  does  not  necessarily  mislead  financial  statement  users.  This  
study   finds   that   goodwill   impairments   do   reflect   the   changes   in   the   company’s  
economy  and  despite  the  increased  management  discretion,  impairments  are  still  
useful.  It  is  also  good  to  notice  that  even  though  management  has  discretion  they  
do  not  always  use  it  opportunistically.  The  problem  may  be  that  many  studies  which  
criticise  management  discretion  do  not  have  empirical  evidence  and  the  claims  are  
rather  based  on  the  possibility  to  use  that  discretion  which  has  been  given  to  the  
management.  In  this  study,  impairments  do  not  convey  misleading  information  to  
the  stakeholders  and  other  financial  statement  users  but  rather  improves  the  quality  
of  the  financial  statement  information.  
 
The  last,  fair  value  adjustments  related  to  acquired  intangible  assets  were  examined  
and  the  findings  are  clear:  intangible  assets  account  for  100  percent  of  the  fair  value  
adjustments  with  few  exceptions.  The  introduced  fair  value  accounting  reveals  new  
intangible  assets  which  has  been  invisible  capital  in  the  acquiree’s  balance  sheet.  
The  management  discretion  also  relates  to  this  topic  very  closely  and  accounting  
  99  

standard  setters  has  to  consider  whether  to  allow  the  management  recognise  these  
assets   which   also   gives   useful   information   to   the   financial   statement   users   or   to  
prohibit  this  policy.    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  100  

4   Summary  and  conclusions  


 

4.1   Answers  to  the  research  questions  


 
The  main  research  question  of  this  study  was  that  how  the  adoption  of  IFRS  3  has  
affected   the   accounting   treatment   for   identifiable   intangible   assets   and   goodwill  
acquired   in   a   business   combination   in   the   examined   media   companies   in   2005-­
2014.  In  addition,  this  study  investigated,  whether  there  are  differences  by  applying  
IFRS   3   between   the   companies   during   the   examined   period.   One   of   the   main  
objectives  of  IFRS  3  is  to  make  goodwill  a  clearer  asset  (Brännström  et  al.  2009,  
63).   This   also   means   that   companies   have   been   encouraged   to   recognise   more  
intangibles  separately  from  goodwill  which  is  the  biggest  intangible  asset  for  most  
of  the  companies  and  also  for  the  examined  media  companies  in  this  study.    
 
During   the   examined   period,   the   amount   of   goodwill   and   other   intangible   assets  
increased  significantly  in  the  sample  companies’  balance  sheets  and  for  example,  
in   the   case   of   Axel   Springer   they   were   even   30   times   bigger   at   the   end   of   the  
examined  period  in  2014  than  at  the  beginning  in  2005.  One  reason  for  this  was  the  
business   acquisition-­driven   growth.   In   this   study   it   could   be   seen   that   one   of   the  
main  and  clearest  impacts  of  IFRS  3  was  that  the  amount  of  goodwill  decreased  in  
the  examined  companies’  balance  sheet,  with  the  exception  of  one  company.  The  
same   trend   could   be   seen   in   the   purchase   price   allocations   as   the   share   of  
acquisition  cost  allocated  to  goodwill  also  decreased;;  there  were  only  one  company  
for  which  it  was  difficult  to  say  the  direction  of  the  development  due  to  the  lack  of  
relevant  acquisition  information.  
 
Relating  to  the  purchase  price  allocations,  IFRS  3  requires  to  recognise  acquired  
assets   and   liabilities   at   their   fair   values.   This   makes   it   possible   to   recognise  
intangible   assets   that   have   not   been   recognised   in   the   acquiree’s   balance   sheet  
before  the  acquisition.  The  share  of  intangible  assets  of  fair  value  adjustments  was  
almost  in  every  business  acquisition  100  percent,  which  perfectly  reflects  how  much  
unrecognised   intangible   assets   companies’   can   have   and   usually   they   are   not  
  101  

recognised  because  they  do  not  meet  the  recognition  criteria.  Further,  for  most  of  
the  examined  companies,  trademarks  and  customer  relationships  which  were  not  
recognised  in  the  acquiree’s  balance  sheet  before  the  acquisition,  were  one  of  the  
most   important   intangible   assets   arising   from   the   business   acquisitions.   In   some  
cases,   these   unrecognised   assets   covered   a   major   part   of   the   total   assets  
recognised   in   connection   with   the   acquisition.   As   the   pooling   of   interests   method  
only   combined   the   balance   sheets   of   two   companies,   the   purchase   method  
introduced   by   IFRS   3   allows   new   intangible   assets   to   be   recognised,   such   as  
internally   generated   intangibles,   which   cannot   be   identified   under   the   recognition  
criteria  without  an  acquisition.  
 
The  most  significant  change  in  the  accounting  treatment  for  intangible  assets  arising  
from  business  combinations  has  been  the  introduction  of  goodwill  impairment  test  
instead   of   systematic   amortisation.   During   the   examined   period,   it   can   be   clearly  
seen   that   due   to   this,   investors   and   other   financial   statements   users   can   better  
anticipate   the   future   development   of   revenues   and   other   future   prospects.   In  
general,   it   seems   that   IFRS   3   has   reached   some   of   its   objectives   at   least   in   the  
media  sector.  IFRS  3  also  requires  companies  to  perform  a  qualitative  description  
of  the  factors  that  make  the  recognised  goodwill,  e.g.  the  expected  synergies,  and  
it  seems  that  these  descriptions  are  really  similar  to  each  other  despite  the  size  and  
the   domicile   of   the   company.   In   general,   disclosures   related   to   intangibles   and  
goodwill   are   consistent   among   the   examined   companies   and   in   most   of   the  
definitions,  goodwill  has  been  defined  in  terms  of  synergies,  human  capital  and/or  
non-­contractual  customer  agreements.  
 
The  first  sub  question  concentrated  on  the  value  relevance  of  financial  statements  
and  intangible  assets  and  whether  the  adoption  of  IFRS  3  impacted  positively  on  
the   value   relevance   of   financial   statements   and   intangible   assets.   The   value  
relevance   of   goodwill   impairments   was   also   investigated   as   impairment   test   for  
goodwill  introduced  by  IFRS  3  is  one  of  the  most  significant  reforms  of  the  whole  
IFRS  accounting.  The  observation  of  this  study  indicated  that  goodwill  impairments  
better   reflect   the   companies’   future   development   and   is   a   good   signal   from   the  
management  to  all  the  stakeholders.    
  102  

 
Due   to   the   prudent   intangible   asset   recognition   criteria,   some   intangible   assets,  
such  as  internally  generated  intangible  assets,  cannot  be  recognised  in  the  balance  
sheet   but   these   assets   can   be   recognised   in   connection   with   the   business  
acquisitions.   This   means,   that   more   intangible   assets   can   be   recognised   in   the  
balance   sheet   but   at   the   same   time   it   may   distort   the   comparison   between  
companies.  Few  studies  (e.g.  Chalmers  et  al.  2008;;  Oliveira  et  al.  2010)  find  that  
this  impacted  negatively  on  the  value  relevance  as  certain  intangible  assets  cannot  
be  recognised  and  due  to  this  they  were  accounted  to  be  a  part  of  goodwill.  Sahut  
et  al.  (2011)  also  argue  that  identified  intangibles  capitalised  in  the  balance  sheet  
provide   more   value-­relevant   information   for   shareholders   under   IFRS   than  
unidentified  intangibles  transferred  into  goodwill.  However,  the  harmonisation  of  the  
accounting   treatment   for   intangible   assets   seem   to   have   positive   and   desirable  
results  as  the  development  was  almost  similar  among  the  examined  companies.  
 
The   second   sub   question   examined   the   requirements   set   by   IFRS   related   to   the  
accounting  treatment  for  business  combinations  and  goodwill  and  other  intangible  
assets   arising   on   these   acquisitions.   Accounting   treatment   for   business  
combinations  is  regulated  under  IFRS  3.  The  purchase  method  introduced  by  IFRS  
3   replaced   the   pooling   of   interests   method   and   requires   the   assets   and   liabilities  
recognised  in  a  business  combination  to  be  recognised  at  their  fair  values.  IFRS  3  
also   introduced   the   impairment   regime   instead   of   systematic   amortisation   for  
goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  useful  lives  and  this  reform  significantly  
increased  the  amount  of  goodwill  in  the  companies’  balance  sheet.  In  addition  to  
IFRS   3,   IAS   36   is   applied   to   goodwill   and   intangible   assets   acquired   in   business  
combinations.   IAS   36   sets   the   requirements   for   goodwill   and   intangible   assets  
impairment  tests  and  the  objective  of  this  standard  is  to  ensure  that  assets  are  not  
carried   at   more   than   their   recoverable   amount.   IAS   38,   in   turn,   regulates   the  
accounting  treatment  for  intangible  assets  and  is  also  applied  to  acquired  intangible  
assets   except   purchased   goodwill.   IAS   38   includes   the   definition   and   recognition  
criteria  for  intangibles.    
 
  103  

The  third  sub  question  examined  both  advantages  and  challenges  of  IFRS  3  related  
to  the  accounting  treatment  for  goodwill  and  other  identifiable  intangibles.  One  of  
the   biggest   concerns   related   to   IFRS   3   is   the   increased   management   discretion  
related  to  the  goodwill  impairment  instead  of  systematic  amortisation  and  fair  value  
accounting.   This   study   finds   clear   evidence   that   goodwill   and   other   impairments  
reflect  the  economic  performance  of  the  company,  which  is  also  the  objective  of  the  
impairment   regime.   This   result   was   unambiguous   and   supports   the   academic  
literature’s   discussion   about   the   usefulness   of   impairments.   The   advantages   of  
impairments   are   that   it   reduces   the   information   asymmetry   between   financial  
statement  users  and  management  and  gives  investors  useful  information  about  the  
future  prospects  of  the  company.    
 
The  lack  of  active  markets  and  reliable  market  prices  for  certain  intangible  assets  
has  also  been  one  of  the  challenges  under  IFRS  and  the  increased  management  
discretion  related  to  the  valuation  of  these  intangible  assets  for  which  the  market  
prices   are   not   available.   Academic   researchers   disagree   about   the   usefulness   of  
fair  values  and  the  improved  information  quality  related  to  the  use  of  fair  value-­based  
numbers.   However,   it   is   a   significant   reform   and   the   advocates   of   fair   value  
accounting  provide  evidence  that  companies  can  more  reliable  convey  information  
about  the  acquired  assets  as  they  are  carried  at  their  fair  values.  It  also  makes  more  
intangible   assets   visible   due   to   the   possibility   to   record   also   internally   generated  
intangible  assets.  As  a  summary,  the  biggest  challenge  for  IFRS  3  is  the  fact  that  it  
gives   management   more   discretion   but   there   is   still   clear   evidence   that   the  
increased  discretion  improves  the  accounting  treatment  for  business  combinations  
and  acquired  intangible  assets  so  this  challenge  is  also  the  biggest  advantage  of  
IFRS  3.  
 

4.2   Contribution  of  the  study  


 
This  study  participates  in  the  academic  discussion  related  to  accounting  treatment  
for  intangible  assets  that  has  been  going  on  for  several  decades  and  more  detailed,  
the  accounting  treatment  for  intangible  assets  arising  from  business  combinations.  
This   study   has   investigated   comprehensively   the   impacts   of   IFRS   3   on   the  
  104  

accounting   treatment   for   acquired   intangible   assets   and   goodwill   in   the   media  
companies  and  the  results  indicate  that  the  introduction  of  IFRS  3  has  had  desirable  
results.  
 
This  study  provides  a  comprehensive  and  detailed  descriptive  analysis  of  how  the  
examined  media  companies  have  applied  IFRS  3  and  tries  to  find  both  differences  
and  similarities  between  the  companies.  The  observations  made  in  this  study  can  
provide   useful   information   also   to   the   accounting   standard   setters   to   assess   the  
effects  of  IFRS  3  and  help  to  plan  to  make  possible  revisions  both  for  IFRS  3  and  
for   the   other   relevant   standards.   The   examined   companies   include   different  
companies   and   these   companies   have   only   two   things   in   common:   accounting  
standards  applied  and  the  industry.  Thus,  this  study  encourages  researchers  and  
accounting  standard  setters  to  pay  more  attention  to  the  industry  and  not  only  to  the  
country  where  the  company  is  operating  (e.g.  AbuGhazaleh  et  al.  2012;;  Chalmers  
et  al.  2012;;  Gjerde  et  al.  2008;;  Hamberg  &  Beisland  2014;;  Sahut  et  al.  2011).  Even  
though   this   study   provides   findings   only   from   the   media   sector,   the   significant  
observation  is  that  the  country  and  the  size  of  the  company  do  not  seem  affect  on  
how  IFRS  3  is  applied.  
 
The   findings   of   this   study   provide   strong   evidence   that   IFRS   3   has   had   positive  
effects  on  the  accounting  treatment  for  acquired  intangible  assets;;  the  amount  of  
goodwill  has  increased  significantly  due  to  the  active  participation  by  the  examined  
companies   in   business   acquisitions   but   the   percentage   share   of   goodwill   has  
decreased   in   the   balance   sheet   and   also   in   the   purchase   price   allocations   less  
amount   of   the   purchase   price   has   allocated   to   goodwill.   This   same   trend   can   be  
noticed   despite   the   size   and   the   domicile   of   the   company.   It   also   seems   that  
accounting  harmosation  regarding  acquired  intangible  assets  has  improved.  
 
This  study  reveals  that  there  are  big  amounts  of  intangible  assets  in  the  companies’  
balance   sheet   that   cannot   be   recognised   under   the   present   intangible   asset  
recognisition  criteria.  A  study  made  by  Gjerde  et  al.  (2008)  also  shows  that  due  to  
the  fact  that  more  intangibles  can  be  recognised  under  the  fair  value  accounting,  
the  value-­relevance  increases.  However,  it  is  interesting  that  these  assets  can  be  
  105  

only  recognised  when  they  are  acquired  in  a  business  combination,  and  if  they  do  
not   meet   the   recognition   criteria   and   cannot   be   accounted   separately,   they   are  
accounted  into  goodwill.  Studies  by  Wyatt  (2005)  and  Matolcsy  and  Wyatt  (2006)  
argue  that  limiting  management  discretion  to  record  intangible  assets  reduce  rather  
than  improve  the  quality  of  balance  sheet  and  too  prudent  recognition  criteria  may  
deteriorate   the   usefulness   and   quality   of   financial   statement   information.   These  
studies   have   their   point   because   this   study   also   finds   that   companies   actively  
searching   for   growth   through   business   combinations   may   have   more   assets  
recognised   in   their   balance   sheets   than   other   companies   which   may   have   large  
amounts  of  invisible  assets  in  their  balance  sheets.  
 
The   researchers   and   accounting   standard   setters   disagree   about   whether   the  
present  intangible  asset  recognition  criteria  are  too  prudent  or  not.  Those  who  state  
that  the  recognition  criteria  should  be  prudent  enough  (e.g.  Dahmash  et  al.  2009;;  
Hoegh-­Krohn  &  Knivsflå  2000)  argue  that  prudence  is  vital  to  prevent  accounting  
manipulations  and  without  it  assets  may  not  be  valued  reliably.  Kanodia  et  al.  (2004)  
and   Hoegh-­Krohn   &   Knivsflå   (2000)   also   highlight   that   the   prudent   recognition  
criteria  guarantee  the  value  reliability.    
 
However,  those  who  criticise  the  current  recognition  criteria  to  be  too  prudent  also  
provide   evidence   of   the   advantages   related   to   increased   management   discretion  
because  it  helps  to  provide  more  useful  economic  information  about  the  company  
to  its  stakeholders  and  reduces  information  asymmetry  between  the  management  
and  stakeholders  and  increase  rather  than  decrease  the  value  reliability.  Choi  et  al.  
(2000)   and   Godfrey   and   Koh   (2001)   also   argue   that   managerial   discretion   is  
beneficial  in  the  accounting  treatment  of  intangibles  because  it  reduces  biases  and  
errors  related  to  the  financial  reporting.  This  study  provides  some  observations  to  
this   discussion:   First,   it   is   clear   that   the   present   recognition   criteria   distort   the  
comparability   between   companies   that   are   actively   making   business   acquisitions  
and  companies  that  are  not.  Second,  all  the  intangible  assets  are  not  recognised  in  
the   balance   sheet   and   due   to   this,   investors   may   do   false   and   unprofitable  
investment   decisions.   This   leads   to   the   situation   where   the   resources   are   not  
allocated  to  the  most  profitable  investments  and  the  financial  statement  information  
  106  

is  not  relevant.  In  accordance  with  the  results  of  this  study,  Su  and  Wells  (2014)  
also   state   that   there   is   no   empirical   evidence   supporting   the   current   regulatory  
distinction  between  acquired  generated  identifiable  intangible  assets,  which  is  the  
core  of  the  whole  discussion.  
 
This   study   provides   evidence   that   the   introduction   of   IFRS   3   has   had   positive  
impacts   on   the   accounting   treatment   for   business   combinations   and   acquired  
intangible   assets   in   accordance   with   the   results   of   AbuGhazaleh   et   al.   2011,  
Chalmers  et  al.  2012,  Chalmers  et  al.  2011  and  Li  et  al.  2011  who  find  that  goodwill  
impairments  better  reflect  the  economic  value  of  goodwill  and  the  changes  in  the  
economic  environment.  However,  the  impacts  of  this  standard  also  raise  relevant  
questions  whether  the  recognition  criteria  are  appropriate  or  not.  IFRS  3  and  the  
related  fair  value  accounting  have  undoubtedly  highlighted  the  weaknesses  of  the  
current  recognition  criteria  under  IAS  38  and  this  indicates  that  something  has  to  be  
done   to   make   financial   statements   more   comparable   and   harmonised.   The  
introduction  of  IFRS  3  has  improved  the  harmonisation  of  accounting  for  acquired  
intangible  assets  but  it  has  also  revealed  that  something  has  to  be  done  and  one  
solution  could  be  the  allowance  of  the  recognition  of  internally  generated  intangible  
assets   in   the   balance   sheet.   The   concerns   about   the   increased   management  
discretion  and  accounting  manipulations  in  the  case  of  goodwill  impairment  regime  
do  not  seem  to  be  true  but  on  the  contrary,  impairments  seem  to  convey  information  
about  future  cash  flows  and  the  economic  performance  of  the  company.  Then,  why  
would  the  management  discretion  not  be  useful  also  when  allowing  the  recognition  
of   internally   generated   intangibles?   Lapointe-­Antunes   et   al.   (2009)   highlight   the  
importance  of  auditing  when  using  fair  value-­based  numbers  so  this  could  be  one  
very  considerable  solution  to  ensure  the  appropriate  valuation  of  assets.  
 
The   last   observation   is   that   many   studies   (e.g.   Forbes   2007;;   Shalev   2009)   claim  
that   goodwill   is   recognised   in   such   high   amounts.   However,   they   do   not   tell   the  
development  or  the  reasons  for  this.  In  this  study,  it  can  be  stated  that  the  amount  
of   purchase   price   allocated   to   goodwill   has   been   decreasing   as   is   the   share   of  
goodwill  from  total  assets.  The  studies  by  Brännström  et  al.  (2009)  and  Brännström  
and  Giuliani  (2011),  in  turn,  claim  that  goodwill  is  difficult  to  interpret  and  remains  
  107  

“the   black   box”   and   IFRS   3   has   not   managed   to   make   it   any   clearer   or   more  
understandable.  First  of  all,  this  study  provides  evidence  of  the  decreasing  share  of  
acquisition  cost  allocated  to  goodwill,  which  is  in  accordance  with  the  objectives  of  
IFRS  3.  When  examining  the  disclosures  related  to  definition  of  goodwill,  in  many  
cases   it   is   defined   in   terms   of   intangible   assets   that   cannot   be   recognised  
separately,  such  as  human  capital,  due  to  the  recognition  criteria  under  IAS  38.  It  
seems  that  IFRS  3  has  met  its  objectives  and  but  the  requirements  under  IAS  38  
should  be  reformed  instead.  

4.3   Further  research  and  limitations  


 
This   study   examines   the   impacts   of   IFRS   accounting,   especially   IFRS   3,   on   the  
accounting  treatment  for  intangible  assets  arising  on  business  combinations  in  the  
media   sector.   Due   to   the   limited   time,   five   companies   were   observed   from   four  
different  countries.  The  limited  time  causes  that  the  findings  of  this  study  cannot  be  
generalised   to   regard   all   the   media   companies   or   all   the   industries.   For   further  
research,  it  could  be  interesting  to  compare  different  industries,  how  they  apply  IFRS  
3  and  examine  whether  the  findings  are  similar  to  the  findings  of  this  study  along  
the  different  industries.  
 
This  study  has  been  conducted  by  using  a  descriptive  analysis  and  due  to  this,  the  
study   focuses   on   balance   sheet   and   income   statement   numbers   more   than   the  
factors  behind  the  changes  in  the  numbers  or  the  relations  of  these  factors.  This  
study  answers  the  question  how  IFRS  3  has  affected  on  the  accounting  treatment  
for  acquired  intangible  assets.  Information  available  on  financial  statements  is  not  
always  comprehensive  concerning  e.g.  goodwill  impairments  or  factors  behind  fair  
value  assessment  and  what  happens  in  the  economy  in  general  may  provide  more  
valuable   information   about   the   factors   behind   impairments   and   changes   in   the  
financial  statement  numbers.    
 
As   the   core   interest   in   this   study   are   intangible   assets   arising   from   business  
combinations  and  the  study  concentrates  only  IFRS  accounting,  the  future  research  
  108  

could  also  take  into  account  US  GAAP  standards  as  they  include  similar  standards  
to  IFRS  3,  IAS  36  and  IAS  38.  There  are  also  more  studies  made  about  accounting  
treatment  for  business  combinations  in  the  USA  than  in  Europe.  There  are  not  so  
many   studies   made   to   compare   IFRS   and   US   GAAP   in   the   field   of   business  
acquisitions  and  how  they  have  been  applied.  
 
This  study  examines  only  the  accounting  treatment  for  acquired  intangible  assets  
and   under   IAS   38   the   recognition   criteria   is   always   met   for   acquired   assets   and  
some  assets,  e.g.  internally  generated  intangible  assets  can  be  only  recognised  in  
connection  with  business  combinations.  This  distorts  the  balance  sheet  information  
between  companies  which  actively  participate  in  business  acquisitions  and  those  
which  do  not.  This  could  be  also  an  interesting  topic  for  the  researchers  to  examine  
as  the  increasing  amount  of  companies  are  searching  for  growth  through  business  
combinations.    
 
The  cultural  differences  may  affect  strongly  on  the  accounting  treatment  and  when  
trying  to  harmonise  accounting  standards  these  cultural  differences  also  affect  on  
the  application  of  accounting  standards.  In  this  study,  cultural  differences  and  their  
impacts  on  the  accounting  standard  application  were  not  examined.  The  culture  may  
affect  strongly  on  how  companies  interpret  accounting  standards  and  it  is  important  
to   understand   the   culture   of   the   country   when   planning   the   harmonisation   the  
accounting  standards.  More  than  100  countries  in  the  world  have  adopted  IFRS  and  
this   causes   challenges   for   accounting   standard   setters   to   plan   standards   which  
really  make  financial  statements  more  comparable  and  harmonise  the  accounting  
treatment.  Anyway,  the  direction  towards  more  comparable  and  more  harmonised  
financial  statements  standards  seems  to  be  right  but  there  are  still  a  lot  of  things  to  
be  done.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
  109  

References  
 
Aboody,   D.,   &   Lev,   B.   (1998)   The   value   relevance   of   intangibles:   The   case   of  
software  capitalization.  Journal  of  Accounting  Research  (Supplement).  Vol.  36,  No.  
3,  pp.  161–191.    
 
AbuGhazaleh,  N.  M.,  Al-­Hares,  O.  M.  &  Haddad,  A.  E.  (2012)  The  value  relevance  
of   goodwill   impairments:   UK   evidence.   International   Journal   of   Economics   and  
Finance.  Vol.  4,  No.  4,  pp.  206-­216.  
 
Adams,   C.   A.,   Weetman,   P.,   Jones,   E.   A.   E.   &   Gray,   S.   J.   (1999)   Reducing   the  
burden  of  US  GAAP  reconciliation  by  foreign  companies  listed  in  the  United  States:  
the  key  question  of  materiality.  European  Accounting  Review.  Vol.  8,  No.  1,  pp.  1-­
22.  
 
Amir,  E.  &  Lev,  B.  (1996)  Value-­relevance  of  nonfinancial  information:  The  wireless  
communications  industry.  Journal  of  Accounting  and  Economics.  Vol.  22,  No.  1-­3,  
p.  3-­30.  
 
Amir,  A.,  Harris,  T.  S.  &  Venuti,  E.  K.  (1993)  A  Comparison  of  the  Value-­Relevance  
of   US   versus   Non-­US   GAAP   Accounting   Measures   Using   Form   20-­F  
Reconciliations.   Journal   of   Accounting   Research.   (Supplement)   Vol.   31,   pp.   230-­
264.  
 
Barth,   M.   E.,   Landsman,   W.   R.   &   Lang,   M.   H.   (2008)   International   accounting  
standards  and  accounting  quality.  Journal  of  Accounting  Research.  Vol.  46,  No.  3,  
pp.  467-­498.  
 
Barth,  M.  E.  &  Landsman,  W.  R.  (1995)  Fundamental  Issues  Related  to  Using  Fair  
Value  Accounting  for  Financial  Reporting.  Accounting  Horizons.  Vol.  9,  No.  4,  pp.  
97-­107.    
 
  110  

Basu,   S.   (1997)   The   conservatism   principle   and   the   asymmetric   timeliness   of  


earnings.  Journal  of  Accounting  and  Economics.  Vol.  24,  No.  1,  pp.  3-­37.  
 
Beatty,   A.   &   Weber,   J.   (2006)   Accounting   Discretion   in   Fair   Value   Estimates:   An  
Examination  of  SFAS  142  Goodwill  Impairments.  Journal  of  Accounting  Research.  
Vol.  44,  No.  2,  pp.  257-­288.  
 
Beaver,   W.   H.,   Lambert,   R.   A.   &   Ryan,   S.   G.   (1987)   The   Information   Content   of  
Security  Prices:  A  Second  Look.  Journal  of  Accounting  and  Economics.  Vol.  9,  No.  
2,  pp.  139-­157.  
 
Benston,  G.  J.  (2008)  The  shortcoming  of  fair  value  accounting  described  in  SFAS  
157.  Journal  of  Accounting  and  Public  Policy.  Vol.  27,  No.  2,  pp.  101-­114.  
 
Bhimani,  A.  (2008)  The  role  of  s  crisis  in  reshaping  the  role  of  accounting.  Journal  
of  Accounting  and  Public  Policy.  Vol.  27,  No.  6,  pp.  444-­454.  
 
Bloom,  M.  (2009)  Accounting  for  Goodwill.  Abacus.  Vol.  45,  No.  3,  pp.  379-­389.  
 
Brännström,   D.,   Catasus,   B.,   Giuliani,   M.   &   Gröjer,   J.-­E.   (2009)   Construction   of  
intellectual   capital   –   the   case   of   purchase   analysis.   Journal   of   Human   Resource  
Costing  &  Accounting,  Vol.  13,  No.  1,  pp.  61-­76.  
 
Brännström,   D.   &   Giuliani,   M.   (2009)   Accounting   for   intellectual   capital:   a  
comparative   analysis.   The   Journal   of   Information   and   Knowledge   Management  
Systems.  Vol.  39,  No.  1,  pp.  68-­79.  
 
Busacca,  G.  A.  &  Maccarrone,  P.  (2007)  IFRSs  and  accounting  for  intangible  assets:  
The  Telecom  Italia  case.  Journal  of  Intellectual  Capital.  Vol.  8,  No.  2,  pp.  306-­328.  
 
Cañibano,  L.,  Garcia-­Ayuso,  M.  &  Sanchez,  P.  (2000).  Accounting  for  intangibles:  
A  Literature  Review.  Journal  of  Accounting  Literature.  Vol.  19,  pp.  102–130.  
 
  111  

Carlin,  T.  M.  &  Finch,  N.  (2010)  Evidence  on  IFRS  goodwill  impairment  testing  by  
Australian  and  New  Zealand  firms.  Managerial  Finance.  Vol.  36,  No.  9,  pp.  785-­798.  
 
Carmona,   S.   &   Trombetta,   M.   (2008)   On   the   global   acceptance   of   IAS/IFRS  
accounting   standards:   The   logic   and   implications   of   the   principles-­based   system.  
Journal  of  Accounting  and  Public  Policy.  Vol.  27,  No.  6,  pp.  455-­461.  
 
Carvalho,   C.   Rodrigues,   A.   M.   &   Ferreira,   C.   (2012)   The   Recognition   of   the  
Intangible  Assets  in  Business  Combinations:  The  Portuguese  Case.  Proceedings  of  
The  13th  European  Conference  on  Knowledge  Management.  Vol.  1,  pp.  169-­178.  
 
Chalmers,  K.,  Clinch,  G.,  Godfrey,  J.  M.  &  Wei,  Z.  (2012)  Intangible  assets,  IFRS  
and  analysts’  earnings  forecasts.  Accounting  and  Finance,  Vol.  52  No.  3,  pp.  691-­
721.  
 
Chalmers,  K.,  Godfrey,  J.,  &  Webster,  J.  (2011)  Does  a  goodwill  impairment  regime  
better   reflect   the   underlying   economic   attributes   of   goodwill?   Accounting   and  
Finance.  Vol.  51,  No.  3,  pp.  634–660.
  
 
Chalmers,  K.,  Clinch,  G.  &  Godfrey,  J.  M.  (2008)  Adoption  of  International  Financial  
Reporting   Standards:   Impact   on   the   Value   Relevance   of   Intangible   Assets.  
Australian  Accounting  Review.  Vol.  18,  No.  3,  pp.  237-­247.  
 
Chauvin,  K.  W.  &  Hirschey,  M.  (1994)  Goodwill,  Profitability  and  the  Market  Value  
of  the  Firm.  Journal  of  Accounting  and  Public  Policy.  Vol.  13,  No.  2,  pp.  159-­180.  
 
Chen,  Q.,  Hemmer,  T.  &  Zhang,  Y.  (2007)  On  the  relation  between  conservatism  in  
accounting   standards   and   incentives   for   earnings   management.   Journal   of  
Accounting  Research.  Vol.  45,  No.  3,  pp.  541–565.

 
Chen,   M.   C.,   Cheng,   S.J.   &   Hwang,   Y.   (2005)   An   empirical   investigation   of   the  
relationship   between   intellectual   capital   and   firms’   market   value   and   financial  
  112  

performance.  Journal  of  Intellectual  Capital.  Vol.  6  No.  2,  pp.  159-­176.    

Chen,  M.  C.,  Kohlbeck,  M.  &  Warfield,  T.  (2006)  Goodwill  Valuation  Effects  of  the  
Initial  Adoption  of  SFAS  142.  Working  Paper,  University  of  Wisconsin.  

Chen,  M.  C.,  Kohlbeck,  M.  J.  &  Warfield,  T.  D.  (2004)  Goodwill  valuation  effects  of  
the  initial  adoption  of  SFAS  142.  Working  paper  series,  University  of  Waterloo.  
 
Choi,  W.  W.,  Kwon,  S.  S.  &  Lobo,  G.  J.  (2000)  Market  Valuation  of  Intangible  Assets.  
Journal  of  Business  Research.  Vol.  49,  No.  1,  pp.  35-­45.  
 
Churyk,   N.   T.   (2005)   Reporting   goodwill:   are   the   new   accounting   standards  
consistent  with  market  valuations?  Journal  of  Business  Research.  Vol.  58,  No.  10,  
pp.  1353-­1361.  
 
Churyk,  N.  T.  &  Chewning,  E.  G.  (2003)  Goodwill  and  Amortisation:  Are  They  Value  
Relevant?  Academy  of  Accounting  and  Financial  Studies  Journal.  Vol.  7,  No.  2,  pp.  
57-­69.  
 
Clinch,   G.   (1995)   Capital   Markets   Research   and   the   Goodwill   Debate.   Australian  
Accounting  Review.  Vol.  5  No.  1,  pp.  22-­30.  .  
 
Colley,  J.  R.  &  Volkan,  A.  G.  (1988)  Accounting  for  Goodwill.  Accounting  Horizons.  
Vol.  21,  No.  1,  pp.  35-­41.  
 
Collins,  D.  W.,  Maydew,  E.  L.  &  Weiss,  I.  S.  (1997)  Changes  in  the  value-­relevance  
of  earnings  and  book  values  over  the  past  forty  years.  Journal  of  Accounting  and  
Economics.  Vol.  24,  pp.  39-­67  
 
Colquitt,  L.  &  Wilson,  A.  (2002)  The  Elimination  of  Pooling-­of-­Interests  and  Goodwill  
Amortisation   and   its   Effect   on   the   Insurance   Industry.   Journal   of   Insurance  
Regulation.  Vol.  20  No.  3,  pp.  338-­351.  
 
  113  

Comiskey,  E.  E.  &  Mulford,  C.  W.  (2010)  Goodwill,  triggering  events,  and  impairment  
accounting.  Managerial  Finance.  Vol.  36,  No.  9,  pp.  746-­767  
 
Dahmash,   F.   N.,   Durand,   R.   B.   &   Watson,   J.   (2009)   The   value   relevance   and  
reliability  of  reported  goodwill  and  identifiable  intangible  assets.  British  Accounting  
Review.  Vol.  41,  No.  2,  pp.  120-­137.  
 
Danthine,   J.P.   &   Jin,   X.   (2007)   Intangible   capital,   corporate   valuation   and   asset  
pricing.  Economic  Theory.  Vol.  32,  No.  1,  pp.  157-­177.  
 
Deloitte   (2015)   IASPlus:   IFRS   3   Business   Combinations   [web   page].   [Accessed  
17.10.2015].  Available:  http://www.iasplus.com/en/standards/ifrs/ifrs3.  
 
 
Devalle,   A.,   Magarini,   R.   &   Onali,   E.   (2010)   Assessing   the   value   relevance   of  
accounting   data   after   the   introduction   of   IFRS   in   Europe.   Journal   of   International  
Financial  Management  and  Accounting.  Vol.  21,  No.  2,  pp.  85-­119.    
 
Devalle,  A.  &  Rizzato,  F.  (2013)  IFRS  3,  IAS  36  and  Disclosure:  The  Determinants  
of  the  Quality  of  Disclosure.  International  Journal  on  Business  Review.  Vol.  2,  No.  
4,  pp.  12-­17.  
 
Daske,  H.,  Hail,  L.,  Leuz,  C.  &  Verdi,  R.  (2008)  Mandatory  IFRS  reporting  around  
the   world:   early   evidence   on   the   economic   consequences.   Journal   of   Accounting  
Research.  Vol.  46,  No.  5,  pp.  1085-­1142.  
 
Easton,  P.  D.  &  Harris,  T.  S.  (1991)  Earnings  as  an  Explanatory  Variable  of  Returns.  
Journal  of  Accounting  Research.  Vol.  29,  No.  1,  pp.  19-­36.  
 
Eckstein,  C.  (2004)  The  measurement  and  recognition  of  intangible  assets:  then  
and  now.  Accounting  Forum.  Vol.  28,  No.  2,  pp.  139-­158.  
 
  114  

Egginton,  D.  A.  (1990)  Towards  Some  Principles  for  Intangible  Asset  Accounting.  
Accounting  and  Business  Research.  Vol.  20,  No.  79,  pp.  193-­205.  
 
Elliot,  J.  A.  &  Shaw,  W.H.  (1988)  Write-­Offs  as  Accounting  Procedures  to  Manage  
Perception.  Journal  of  Accounting  Research.  (Supplement)  Vol.  26,  pp.  91-­119.  
 
Epstein,   L.   G.   &   Turnbull,   S.   M.   (1980)   Capital   Asset   Prices   and   the   Temporal  
Resolution  of  Uncertainty.  Journal  of  Finance.  Vol.  35,  No.  3,  pp.  627-­643.  
 
European  Central  Bank.  (2015)  Euro  foreign  exchange  reference  rates.  Norwegian  
krone  (NOK)  [web  page].  [Accessed  11.10.2015].  Available:  
http://www.ecb.europa.eu/stats/exchange/eurofxref/html/FxrefNg.swf?dataFile=htt
p://www.ecb.europa.eu/stats/exchange/eurofxref/html/nok.xml.zlib&dsdFile=http://
www.ecb.europa.eu/stats/exchange/eurofxref/html/ecb_exr1.xml&width=100%&he
ight=100%&cur=nok.  
 
European   Central   Bank.   (2015)   Euro   foreign   exchange   reference   rates.   Swedish  
krona   (SEK)   [web   page].   [Accessed   11.10.2015].   Available:  
http://www.ecb.europa.eu/stats/exchange/eurofxref/html/FxrefNg.swf?dataFile=htt
p://www.ecb.europa.eu/stats/exchange/eurofxref/html/sek.xml.zlib&dsdFile=http://
www.ecb.europa.eu/stats/exchange/eurofxref/html/ecb_exr1.xml&width=100%&he
ight=100%&cur=sek.  
 
European   Commission   (2011)   International   Financial   Reporting   Standard   3  
Business   Combinations   [PDF   document].   [Accessed   16.10.2015].   Available:  
http://ec.europa.eu/internal_market/accounting/docs/consolidated/ifrs3_en.pdf.  
 
European   Commission   (2010)   International   Accounting   Standard   38   Intangible  
Assets   [PDF   document].   [Accessed   16.10.2015].   Available:  
http://ec.europa.eu/internal_market/accounting/docs/consolidated/ias38_en.pdf.  
 
Francis,  J.  &  Schipper,  K.  (1999)  Have  Financial  Statements  Lost  Their  Relevance?  
Journal  of  Accounting  Research.  Vol.  37,  No.  2,  pp.  319-­352.  
  115  

 
Forbes,  T.  (2007)  IFRS  3:  The  value  of  reality.  International  Accountant.  May  31.  
 
Giuliani,   M.   &   Brännström,   D.   (2011)   Defining   goodwill:   a   practice   perspective.  
Journal  of  Financial  Reporting  &  Accounting.  Vol.  9,  No.  2,  pp.  161-­175.  
 
Givoly,   D.   &   Hayn,   C.   (2002)   Rising   Conservatism;;   Implications   for   Financial  
Analysis.  Financial  Analysts  Journal.  Vol.  58,  No.  1,  pp.  56-­74.  
 
Gjerde,  Ø.,  Knivsflå̊,  K.  &  Sættem,  F.  (2008)  The  value-­relevance  of  adopting  IFRS:  
evidence   from   145   NGAAP   restatements.   Journal   of   International   Accounting,  
Auditing  and  Taxation.  Vol.  17,  No.  2,  pp.  92-­112.  
 
Godfrey,  J.  &  Koh,  P.  (2001)  The  relevance  to  firm  valuation  of  capitalising  intangible  
assets  in  total  and  by  category.  Australian  Accounting  Review.  Vol.  11,  No.  2,  pp.  
39–48.  
 
Goodwin,   J.   &   Ahmed,   K.   (2006)   Longitudinal   value   relevance   of   earnings   and  
intangible   assets:   Evidence   from   Australian   firms.   Journal   of   International  
Accounting,  Auditing  and  Taxation.  Vol.  15,  pp.  72-­91.      
 
Gu,  F.  &  Wang,  W.  (2005)  Intangible  Assets,  Information  Complexity,  and  Analysts’  
Earnings  Forecasts.  Journal  of  Business  Finance  and  Accounting.  Vol.  32,  No.  9-­
10,  pp.  1673–1702.

Haaramo,   V.   (2012)   Kansainvälinen   tilinpäätöskäytäntö:   IFRS-­raportointi.   4th  
edition.  Helsinki,  Sanoma  Pro.
 
Hamberg,  M.  &  Beisland,  L.-­A.  (2014)  Changes  in  the  value  relevance  of  goodwill  
accounting   following   the   adoption   of   IFRS   3.   Journal   of   International   Accounting,  
Auditing  and  Taxation.  Vol.  23,  No.  2,  pp.  59-­73.  
 
  116  

Hamberg,  M.,  Paananen,  M.  &  Novak,  J.  (2011)  The  Adoption  of  IFRS  3:  The  Effects  
of   Managerial   Discretion   and   Stock   Market   Reactions.   European   Accounting  
Review.  Vol.  20,  No.  2,  pp.  263–288.  
 
Harris,  M.  S.  &  Muller  III,  K.  A.  (1999)  The  market  valuation  of  IAS  versus  US-­GAAP  
accounting  measures  using  FROM  20-­F  reconciliations.  Journal  of  Accounting  and  
Economics.  Vol.  26,  No.  1-­3,  pp.  285-­312.  
 
Hayn,   C.   (1995)   The   Information   Content   of   Losses.   Journal   of   Accounting   and  
Economics.  Vol.  20,  No.  2,  pp.  125-­153.  
 
Hayn,   C.   and   Hughes,   P.   J.   (2006)   Leading   indicators   of   goodwill   impairment.  
Journal  of  Accounting,  Auditing  &  Finance.  Vol.  21,  No.  3,  pp.  223-­265.    
 
Hirschey,  M.  &  Richardson,  V.  J.  (2002)  Information  content  of  accounting  goodwill  
numbers.  Journal  of  Accounting  &  Public  Policy.  Vol.  21,  No.  3,  pp.  173-­191.  

 
Hitz,  J.  M.  (2007)  The  decision-­usefulness  of  fair  value  accounting  –  a  theoretical  
perspective.  European  Accounting  Review.  Vol.  16,  No.  2,  pp.  323–362.
  
 
Horton,   J.   &   Serafeim,   G.   (2010)   Market   reaction   to   and   valuation   of   IFRS  
reconciliation   adjustments:   first   evidence   from   the   UK.   Review   of   Accounting  
Studies.  Vol.  15,  No.  4,  pp.  725-­751.    
 
Henning,  S.  L.,  Lewis,  B.  L.  &  Shaw,  W.  H.  (2000)  Valuation  of  the  components  of  
purchased  goodwill.  Journal  of  Accounting  Research.  Vol.  38,  No.  2,  pp.  375–386.  
 
Hoegh-­Krohn,  N.  E.  J.  &  Knivsflå,  K.  H.  (2000)  Accounting  for  Intangible  Assets  in  
Scandinavia,   the   UK,   the   US,   and   by   IASC:   Challenges   and   a   Solution.   The  
International  Journal  of  Accounting.  Vol.  35,  No.  2,  pp.  243-­265.    
 
  117  

Holthausen,   R.   W.   &   Watts,   R.   L.   (2001)   The   relevance   of   the   value-­relevance  


literature   for   financial   accounting   standard   setting.   Journal   of   Accounting   and  
Economics.  Vol.  31,  No.  1-­3,  pp.  3-­75.  
 
Huang,   C.   &   Wang,   M.C.   (2008)   The   effects   of   economic   value   added   and  
intellectual   capital   on   the   market   value   of   firms:   an   empirical   study.   International  
Journal  of  Management.  Vol.  25,  No.  4,  pp.  722-­731.  

Jennings,  R.,  LeClere,  M.,  &  Thompson,  R.  (2001)  Goodwill  Amortisation  and  the  
Usefulness  of  Earnings.  Financial  Analysts  Journal.  Vol.  57,  No.  5,  pp.  20-­28.  

 
Jennings,   R.,   Robinson,   J.,   Thompson,   R.   B.,   &   Duvall,   L.   (1996)   The   Relation  
between   Accounting   Goodwill   Numbers   and   Equity   Values.   Journal   of   Business  
Finance  and  Accounting.  Vol.  23,  No.  4,  pp.  513–  533.    
 
Jermakowicz,  E.  K.,  Prather-­Kinsey,  J.  &  Wulf,  I.  (2007)  The  Value  Relevance  of  
Accounting   Income   Reported   by   DAX-­30   German   Companies.   Journal   of  
International  Financial  Management  and  Accounting.  Vol.  18,  No.  3,  pp.  151-­191.  
 
Ji,  X.-­D.  &  Lu,  W.  (2014)  The  value  relevance  and  reliability  of  intangible  assets:  
Evidence   from   Australia   before   and   after   adopting   IFRS.   Asian   Review   of  
Accounting.  Vol.  22,  No.  3,  pp.  182-­216.  
 
Johnson,  L.  T.  &  Petrone,  K.  R.  (1998)  Is  Goodwill  an  Asset?  Accounting  Horizons.  
Vol.  12,  No.  3,  pp.  293-­303.  
 
Francis,   J.   &   Schipper,   K.   (1999)   Have   Financial   Statements   Lost   Their   Value  
Relevance?  Journal  of  Accounting  Research.  Vol.  34,  No.  2,  p.  319-­352.  
 
  118  

Kanodia,  C.,  Sapra,  H.  &  Venugopalan,  R.  (2004)  Should  Intangibles  Be  Measured:  
What  Are  the  Economic  Trade-­Offs.  Journal  of  Accounting  Research.  Vol.  42,  No.  
1,  pp.  89-­120.  
 

Kimbrough,  M.  (2007)  Do  Investors  Rely  on  Purchase  Price  Allocation  disclosures?  
Working  paper.  Harvard  University.  

KPMG   (2010)   Intangible   Assets   and   Goodwill   in   the   context   of   Business  


Combinations:  An  industry  study  [PDF  document].  

 
Kyläheiko,   K.,   Hurmelinna,   P.,   Jauhiainen,   T.,   Jantunen,   A.,   Saarenketo   S.,  
Puumalainen,  K.,  Tuppura,  A.,  Kuusaro,  M.  &  Hämäläinen,  T.  (2004)  Aineettoman  
omaisuuden   merkitys   yrityksen   menestyksessä:   Lappeenranta   survey.  
Lappeenranta,  Lappeenrannan  teknillinen  yliopisto.  
 
LaFond,  R.  &  Watts,  R.  L.  (2008)  The  Information  Role  of  Conservatism.  Accounting  
Review.  Vol.  83,  No.  2,  pp.  447–478.  
 
Landsman,  W.  R.  (2007)  Is  fair  value  accounting  relevant  and  reliable?  Evidence  
from  capital  market  research.  Accounting  and  Business  Research.  Vol.  37,  special  
issue,  pp.  19–30.


Lapointe-­Antunes.,   P.,   Cormier,   D,   &   Magnan,   M.   (2009)   Value   Relevance   and  
Timeliness   of   Transitional   Goodwill-­Impairment   Losses:   Evidence   from   Canada.  
International  Journal  of  Accounting.  Vol.  44,  No.  1,  pp.  56-­78.  

 
Lev,  B.  (2001)  Intangibles:  management,  measurement,  and  reporting.  Washington,  
D.C.,  The  Brookings  Institution.  
 
Lev,   B.   (2008)   A   rejoinder   to   Douglas   Skinner’s   “Accounting   for   intangibles   –   a  
critical  review  of  policy  recommendations”.  Accounting  and  Business  Research.  Vol.  
  119  

38,  No.  3,  pp.  209-­213.  

Lev,   B.,   Sarath,   B.   &   Sougiannis,   T.   (2005)   R&D   Reporting   Biases   and   Their  
Consequences.  Contemporary  Accounting  Research.  Vol.  22,  No.  4,  pp.  977-­1026.  

Lev,  B.  &  Zarowin.  P.  (1999)  The  boundaries  of  financial  reporting  and  how  to  extend  
them.  Journal  of  Accounting  Research.  Vol.  37,  No.  2,  pp.  353-­385.  
 

Lhaopadchan,  S.  (2010)  The  fair  value  accounting  and  intangible  assets:  Goodwill  
impairment   and   managerial   choice.   Journal   of   Financial   Regulation   and  
Compliance.  Vol.  18,  No.  2,  pp.  120-­130.    
 
Li,  K.  K  &  Sloan,  R.  G.  (2012)  Has  Goodwill  Accounting  Gone  Bad?  Working  paper.  
University  of  California  Berkeley.  

Li,   Z.,   Shroff,   P.   K.,   Venkataraman,   R.,   &   Zhang,   I.   (2011)   Causes   and  
consequences  of  goodwill  impairment  losses.  Review  of  Accounting  Studies.  Vol.  
16,  No.  4,  pp.  745-­778.    

Lönnqvist,   A.   (2007)   Intellectual   capital   and   productivity:   identification   and  


measurement   of   the   relationship   at   company-­level.   Pellervon   taloudellisen  
tutkimuslaitoksen  työpaperi  No.  102.  Helsinki,  Pellervon  taloudellinen  tutkimuslaitos  
PTT.  
 
Massoud,  M.  F.  &  Raiborn,  C.  A.  (2003)  Accounting  for  goodwill:  are  we  better  off?  
Review  of  Business.  Vol.  24,  No.  2,  pp.  26-­32.    

 
  120  

Matolcsy,   Z.   &   Wyatt,   A.   (2006)   Capitalized   intangibles   and   financial   analysts.  


Accounting  and  Finance.  Vol.  46,  No.  3,  pp.  457-­479.  
 
McCarthy,  M.,  G.  &  Schneider,  D.  K.  (1995)  Market  Perception  of  Goodwill:  Some  
Empirical  Evidence.  Accounting  and  Business  Research.  Vol.  26,  No.  1,  pp.  69-­81.  
 
Moehrle,   S.   R.   &   Reynolds-­Moehrle,   J.   A.   (2001)   Say   Good-­Bye   to   Pooling   and  
Goodwill  Amortization.  Journal  of  Accountancy.  Vol.  192,  No.  3,  pp.  31-­38.  

Moehrle,  S.  R.,  Reynolds-­Moehrle,  J.  A.,  &  Wallace,  J.  S.  (2001)  How  Informative  
Are  Earnings  Numbers  that  Exclude  goodwill  Amortisation?  Accounting  Horizons.  
 

OECD  (2012)  New  Sources  of  Growth:  Intangible  Assets.  Scoping  the  relevance  for  
policy  and  thinking  about  the  need  for  better  evidence.  IPTS  Steering  Workshop  on  
Industrial  Research  and  Innovation,  14-­15  June  2012.  

Oliveira,   L.,   Rodrigues,   L.   L.   &   Craig,   R.   (2010)   Intangible   assets   and   value  
relevance:  Evidence  from  the  Portuguese  stock  exchange.  The  British  Accounting  
Review.  Vol.  42,  No.  4,  pp.  241-­252.    

Penman.  S.  H.  (2007)  Financial  reporting  quality:  is  fair  value  a  plus  or  a  minus?  
Accounting  and  Business  Research.  Special  issue,  pp.  33-­44.  

 
Penman,   S.   H.   &   Zhang,   X.J.   (2002)   Accounting   Conservatism,   the   Quality   of  
Earnings,  and  Stock  Returns.  The  Accounting  Review.  Vol.  77,  No.  2,  pp.  237-­264.  

 
  121  

Petkov,   R.   R.   (2011)   The   Current   Financial   Crisis   and   Its   Potential   Impact   on  
Internally   Generated   Intangible   Assets.   International   Journal   of   Business   and  
Management.  Vol.  6,  No.  3,  pp.  37-­44.  
 
Powell,   S.   (2003)   Accounting   for   intangible   assets:   current   requirements,   key  
players  and  future  directions.  European  Accounting  Review.  Vol.  12,  No.  4,  pp.  797-­
811.    
 
Ramanna,  K.  (2008)  The  implications  of  unverifiable  fair-­value  accounting:  Evidence  
from   the   political   economy   of   goodwill   accounting.   Journal   of   Accounting   and  
Economics.  Vol.  45,  No.  2-­3,  pp.  253-­281.  
 
Ramanna,  K.  &  Watts,  R.  (2012)  Evidence  on  the  use  of  unverifiable  estimates  in  
required   goodwill   impairment.   Review   of   Accounting   Studies.   Vol.   17,   No.   4,   pp.  
749–780.    
 
Rees,   L.,   Gill,   S.   &   Gore,   R.   (1996)   An   investigation   of   asset   write-­downs   and  
concurrent   abnormal   accruals.   Journal   of   Accounting   Research.   Vol.   34,   No.   3  
(Supplement),  pp.  157-­169.  

Riedl,  E.  J.  (2004)  An  Examination  of  Long-­Lived  Asset  Impairments.  Accounting  
Review.  Vol.  79,  No.  3,  pp.  823-­852.  
 
Rubinstein,  M.  E.  (1973)  A  Mean-­Variance  Synthesis  of  Corporate  Financial  Theory.  
Journal  of  Finance.  Vol.  28,  No.  1,  pp.  167-­181.  
 

Saarnivaara   V.S.   (2007)   Aineeton   pääoma   strategisena   kilpailuvalttina.   Helsinki,  


Oskari  Vilamon  rahasto.  
 
  122  

Sahut,  J.-­M.,  Boulerne,  S.  &  Teulon,  F.  (2011)  Do  IFRS  provide  better  information  
about  intangibles  in  Europe?  Review  of  Accounting  and  Finance.  Vol.  10,  No.  3,  pp.  
267-­290.  
 
Shalev,   R.   (2009)   The   Information   Content   of   Business   Combination   Disclosure  
Level.  The  Accounting  Review.  Vol.  84,  No.  1,  pp.  239-­270.    
 
Schipper,   K.   (2005)   The   introduction   of   international   accounting   standards   in  
Europe:  Implications  for  international  convergence.  European  Accounting  Review.  
Vol.  14,  No.  1,  pp.  101–126.  
 
Schipper,  K.  (2003)  Principles-­based  accounting  standards.  Accounting  Horizons.  
Vol.  17,  No.  1,  pp.  61-­72.  

 
Seetharaman,   A.,   Balachandran,   M.   &   Saravanan,   A.   S.   (2004)   Accounting  
treatment  of  goodwill:  yesterday,  today  and  tomorrow.  Problems  and  prospects  in  
the  international  perspective.  Journal  of  Intellectual  Capital.  Vol.  5,  No.  1,  pp.  131-­
152.  
 

Shakina,  E.  &  Molodchik,  M.  (2014)  Intangible-­driven  value  creation:  supporting  and  
obstructing  factors.  Measuring  Business  Excellence.  Vol.  18,  No.  3,  pp.  87-­100.  

Skinner,   D.   J.   (2008)   Accounting   for   intangibles   -­   a   critical   review   of   policy  


recommendations.  Accounting  and  Business  Research.  Vol  38,  No.  3,  International  
Accounting  Policy  Forum,  pp.  191-­204.  
 
Strong,  J.  S.  &  Meyer,  J.  R.  (1987)  Asset  writedowns:  Managerial  Incentives  and  
Security  Returns.  The  Journal  of  Finance.  Vol.  42,  No.  3,  pp.  643-­661.    

 
  123  

Su,   W.   H.   &   Wells,   P.   (2014)   The   association   of   identifiable   intangible   assets  


acquired   and   recognised   in   business   acquisitions   with   postacquisition   firm  
performance.  Accounting  and  Finance.  
 
Tao,  J.,  Daniele,  J.,  Hummel,  E.,  Goldheim,  D.  &  Slowinski,  G.  (2005)  Developing  
an   effective   strategy   for   managing   intellectual   assets.   Research   Technology  
Management.  Vol.  48,  No.  1,  pp.  50-­58.  
 
Troberg,  P.  (2007)  IFRS  and  US  GAAP.  A  Finnish  Perspective.  Helsinki,  Talentum  
Media  Oy.  
 
Violeta,  S.  &  Mariana  P.  (2011)  The  intangible  assets  investments  characteristics  
and   the   accounting   treatment.   Annals   of   the   University   of   Oradea.   Economic  
Science  Series.  Vol.  20,  No.  1,  pp.  295-­300.  
 
Walter,   G.   A.   &   Barney,   J.   B.   (1990)   Research   notes   and   communications:  
management   objectives   in   mergers   and   acquisitions.   Strategic   Management  
Journal.  Vol.  11,  No.  1,  pp.  79-­86.  
 
Watts,   R.   L.   (2003)   Conservatism   in   Accounting.   Part   1:   Explanations   and  
Implications.  Accounting  Horizons.  Vol.  17,  No.  3,  pp.  207-­221.  
 
Waxman,  R.  (2001)  Goodwill  convergence.  The  CPA  Journal.  Vol.  71  No.  10,  pp.  
18-­23.  
 
Wiese,   A.   (2005)   Accounting   for   goodwill:   The   transition   from   amortisation   to  
impairment  –  an  impact  assessment.  Meditari  Accountancy  Research.  Vol.  13,  No.  
1,  pp.  105-­120.  
 
Wines,   G.,   Dagwell,   R.   &   Windsor,   C.   (2007)   Implications   of   the   IFRS   goodwill  
accounting  treatment.  Managerial  Auditing  Journal.  Vol.  22,  No.  9,  pp.  862-­880.    
 
  124  

Wyatt,   A.   (2008)   What   financial   and   non-­financial   Information   on   Intangibles   is  


value-­relevant?  A  review  of  the  evidence.  Accounting  and  Business  Research.  Vol.  
38,  No.  3,  pp.  217-­256.  
 
Wyatt,  A.  (2005)  Accounting  Recognition  of  Intangible  Assets:  Theory  and  Evidence  
on  Economic  Determinants.  The  Accounting  Review.  Vol.  80,  No.  3,  pp.  967-­1003.  
 
Wyatt,  A.  (2001)  Accounting  for  intangibles:  The  Great  Divide  Between  Obscurity  in  
Innocation  Activities  and  the  Balance  Sheet.  Singapore  Economic  Review.  Vol.  46,  
No.  1,  pp.  83-­117.  
 
Zéghal,  D.  &  Maaloul,  A.  (2011)  The  accounting  treatment  of  intangibles  -­  A  critical  
review  of  the  literature.  Accounting  Forum.  Vol.  35,  pp.  262-­274.  
 
EMPIRICAL  RESEARCH  DATA  
 
Alma  Media  (2015)  Annual  report  2014.  Helsinki,  Alma  Media  Corporation.  
 
Alma  Media  (2014)  Annual  report  2013.  Helsinki,  Alma  Media  Corporation.  
 
Alma  Media  (2013)  Annual  report  2012.  Helsinki,  Alma  Media  Corporation.  
 
Alma  Media  (2012)  Annual  report  2011.  Helsinki,  Alma  Media  Corporation.  
 
Alma  Media  (2011)  Annual  report  2010.  Helsinki,  Alma  Media  Corporation.  
 
Alma  Media  (2010)  Annual  report  2009.  Helsinki,  Alma  Media  Corporation.  
 
Alma  Media  (2009)  Annual  report  2008.  Helsinki,  Alma  Media  Corporation.  
 
Alma  Media  (2008)  Annual  report  2007.  Helsinki,  Alma  Media  Corporation.  
 
Alma  Media  (2007)  Annual  report  2006.  Helsinki,  Alma  Media  Corporation.  
  125  

 
Alma  Media  (2006)  Annual  report  2005.  Helsinki,  Alma  Media  Corporation.  
 
Axel  Springer  (2015)  Axel  Springer  annual  report  2014.  Berlin,  Axel  Springer  SE.  
 
Axel  Springer  (2014)  Axel  Springer  annual  report  2013.  Berlin,  Axel  Springer  SE.  
 
Axel  Springer  (2013)  Axel  Springer  annual  report  2012.  Berlin,  Axel  Springer  SE.  
 
Axel  Springer  (2012)  Axel  Springer  annual  report  2011.  Berlin,  Axel  Springer  SE.  
 
Axel  Springer  (2011)  Axel  Springer  annual  report  2010.  Berlin,  Axel  Springer  SE.  
 
Axel  Springer  (2010)  Axel  Springer  annual  report  2009.  Berlin,  Axel  Springer  SE.  
 
Axel  Springer  (2009)  Axel  Springer  annual  report  2008.  Berlin,  Axel  Springer  SE.  
 
Axel  Springer  (2008)  Axel  Springer  annual  report  2007.  Berlin,  Axel  Springer  SE.  
 
Axel  Springer  (2007)  Axel  Springer  annual  report  2006.  Berlin,  Axel  Springer  SE.  
 
Axel  Springer  (2006)  Axel  Springer  annual  report  2005.  Berlin,  Axel  Springer  SE.  
 
Modern  Times  Group  (2015)  Modern  Times  Group  annual  report  2014.  Stockholm,  
Modern  Timed  Group  MTG  AB.  
 
Modern  Times  Group  (2014)  Modern  Times  Group  annual  report  2013.  Stockholm,  
Modern  Timed  Group  MTG  AB.  
 
Modern  Times  Group  (2013)  Modern  Times  Group  annual  report  2012.  Stockholm,  
Modern  Timed  Group  MTG  AB.  
 
  126  

Modern  Times  Group  (2012)  Modern  Times  Group  annual  report  2011.  Stockholm,  
Modern  Timed  Group  MTG  AB.  
 
Modern  Times  Group  (2011)  Modern  Times  Group  annual  report  2010.  Stockholm,  
Modern  Timed  Group  MTG  AB.  
 
Modern  Times  Group  (2010)  Modern  Times  Group  annual  report  2009.  Stockholm,  
Modern  Timed  Group  MTG  AB.  
 
Modern  Times  Group  (2009)  Modern  Times  Group  annual  report  2008.  Stockholm,  
Modern  Timed  Group  MTG  AB.  
 
Modern  Times  Group  (2008)  Modern  Times  Group  annual  report  2007.  Stockholm,  
Modern  Timed  Group  MTG  AB.  
 
Modern  Times  Group  (2007)  Modern  Times  Group  annual  report  2006.  Stockholm,  
Modern  Timed  Group  MTG  AB.  
 
Modern  Times  Group  (2006)  Modern  Times  Group  annual  report  2005.  Stockholm,  
Modern  Timed  Group  MTG  AB.  
 
Sanoma  (2015)  Sanoma  annual  report  2014.  Helsinki,  Sanoma  Corporation.  
 
Sanoma  (2014)  Sanoma  annual  report  2013.  Helsinki,  Sanoma  Corporation.  
 
Sanoma  (2013)  Sanoma  annual  report  2012.  Helsinki,  Sanoma  Corporation.  
 
Sanoma  (2012)  Sanoma  annual  report  2011.  Helsinki,  Sanoma  Corporation.  
 
Sanoma  (2011)  Sanoma  annual  report  2010.  Helsinki,  Sanoma  Corporation.  
 
Sanoma  (2010)  Sanoma  annual  report  2009.  Helsinki,  Sanoma  Corporation.  
 
  127  

Sanoma  (2009)  Sanoma  annual  report  2008.  Helsinki,  Sanoma  Corporation.  


 
Sanoma  (2008)  Sanoma  annual  report  2007.  Helsinki,  Sanoma  Corporation.  
 
Sanoma  (2007)  Sanoma  annual  report  2006.  Helsinki,  Sanoma  Corporation.  
 
Sanoma  (2006)  Sanoma  annual  report  2005.  Helsinki,  Sanoma  Corporation.  
 
Schibsted  (2015)  Schibsted  annual  report  2014.  Oslo,  Schibsted  ASA.  
 
Schibsted  (2014)  Schibsted  annual  report  2013.  Oslo,  Schibsted  ASA.  
 
Schibsted  (2013)  Schibsted  annual  report  2012.  Oslo,  Schibsted  ASA.  
 
Schibsted  (2012)  Schibsted  annual  report  2011.  Oslo,  Schibsted  ASA.  
 
Schibsted  (2011)  Schibsted  annual  report  2010.  Oslo,  Schibsted  ASA.  
 
Schibsted  (2010)  Schibsted  annual  report  2009.  Oslo,  Schibsted  ASA.  
 
Schibsted  (2009)  Schibsted  annual  report  2008.  Oslo,  Schibsted  ASA.  
 
Schibsted  (2008)  Schibsted  annual  report  2007.  Oslo,  Schibsted  ASA.  
 
Schibsted  (2007)  Schibsted  annual  report  2006.  Oslo,  Schibsted  ASA.  
 
Schibsted  (2006)  Schibsted  annual  report  2005.  Oslo,  Schibsted  ASA.  

S-ar putea să vă placă și